]> Dogcows Code - chaz/tar/blob - doc/tar.texi
Properly document incremental dumps
[chaz/tar] / doc / tar.texi
1 \input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
2 @comment %**start of header
3 @setfilename tar.info
4 @include version.texi
5 @settitle GNU tar @value{VERSION}
6 @setchapternewpage odd
7
8 @finalout
9
10 @smallbook
11 @c %**end of header
12
13 @include rendition.texi
14 @include value.texi
15
16 @c Put everything in one index (arbitrarily chosen to be the concept index).
17 @syncodeindex fn cp
18 @syncodeindex ky cp
19 @syncodeindex pg cp
20 @syncodeindex vr cp
21
22 @defindex op
23 @syncodeindex op cp
24
25 @copying
26
27 This manual is for @acronym{GNU} @command{tar} (version
28 @value{VERSION}, @value{UPDATED}), which creates and extracts files
29 from archives.
30
31 Copyright @copyright{} 1992, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1999, 2000, 2001,
32 2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
33
34 @quotation
35 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
36 under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or
37 any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with the
38 Invariant Sections being "GNU General Public License", with the
39 Front-Cover Texts being ``A GNU Manual,'' and with the Back-Cover Texts
40 as in (a) below. A copy of the license is included in the section
41 entitled "GNU Free Documentation License".
42
43 (a) The FSF's Back-Cover Text is: ``You are free to copy and modify
44 this GNU Manual. Buying copies from GNU Press supports the FSF in
45 developing GNU and promoting software freedom.''
46 @end quotation
47 @end copying
48
49 @dircategory Archiving
50 @direntry
51 * Tar: (tar). Making tape (or disk) archives.
52 @end direntry
53
54 @dircategory Individual utilities
55 @direntry
56 * tar: (tar)tar invocation. Invoking @GNUTAR{}.
57 @end direntry
58
59 @shorttitlepage @acronym{GNU} @command{tar}
60
61 @titlepage
62 @title @acronym{GNU} tar: an archiver tool
63 @subtitle @value{RENDITION} @value{VERSION}, @value{UPDATED}
64 @author John Gilmore, Jay Fenlason et al.
65
66 @page
67 @vskip 0pt plus 1filll
68 @insertcopying
69 @end titlepage
70
71 @ifnottex
72 @node Top
73 @top @acronym{GNU} tar: an archiver tool
74
75 @insertcopying
76
77 @cindex file archival
78 @cindex archiving files
79
80 The first part of this master menu lists the major nodes in this Info
81 document. The rest of the menu lists all the lower level nodes.
82 @end ifnottex
83
84 @c The master menu, created with texinfo-master-menu, goes here.
85 @c (However, getdate.texi's menu is interpolated by hand.)
86
87 @menu
88 * Introduction::
89 * Tutorial::
90 * tar invocation::
91 * operations::
92 * Backups::
93 * Choosing::
94 * Date input formats::
95 * Formats::
96 * Media::
97
98 Appendices
99
100 * Genfile::
101 * Snapshot Files::
102 * Free Software Needs Free Documentation::
103 * Copying This Manual::
104 * Index::
105
106 @detailmenu
107 --- The Detailed Node Listing ---
108
109 Introduction
110
111 * Book Contents:: What this Book Contains
112 * Definitions:: Some Definitions
113 * What tar Does:: What @command{tar} Does
114 * Naming tar Archives:: How @command{tar} Archives are Named
115 * Current status:: Current development status of @GNUTAR{}
116 * Authors:: @GNUTAR{} Authors
117 * Reports:: Reporting bugs or suggestions
118
119 Tutorial Introduction to @command{tar}
120
121 * assumptions::
122 * stylistic conventions::
123 * basic tar options:: Basic @command{tar} Operations and Options
124 * frequent operations::
125 * Two Frequent Options::
126 * create:: How to Create Archives
127 * list:: How to List Archives
128 * extract:: How to Extract Members from an Archive
129 * going further::
130
131 Two Frequently Used Options
132
133 * file tutorial::
134 * verbose tutorial::
135 * help tutorial::
136
137 How to Create Archives
138
139 * prepare for examples::
140 * Creating the archive::
141 * create verbose::
142 * short create::
143 * create dir::
144
145 How to List Archives
146
147 * list dir::
148
149 How to Extract Members from an Archive
150
151 * extracting archives::
152 * extracting files::
153 * extract dir::
154 * failing commands::
155
156 Invoking @GNUTAR{}
157
158 * Synopsis::
159 * using tar options::
160 * Styles::
161 * All Options::
162 * help::
163 * verbose::
164 * interactive::
165
166 The Three Option Styles
167
168 * Mnemonic Options:: Mnemonic Option Style
169 * Short Options:: Short Option Style
170 * Old Options:: Old Option Style
171 * Mixing:: Mixing Option Styles
172
173 All @command{tar} Options
174
175 * Operation Summary::
176 * Option Summary::
177 * Short Option Summary::
178
179 @GNUTAR{} Operations
180
181 * Basic tar::
182 * Advanced tar::
183 * create options::
184 * extract options::
185 * backup::
186 * Applications::
187 * looking ahead::
188
189 Advanced @GNUTAR{} Operations
190
191 * Operations::
192 * append::
193 * update::
194 * concatenate::
195 * delete::
196 * compare::
197
198 How to Add Files to Existing Archives: @option{--append}
199
200 * appending files:: Appending Files to an Archive
201 * multiple::
202
203 Updating an Archive
204
205 * how to update::
206
207 Options Used by @option{--create}
208
209 * Ignore Failed Read::
210
211 Options Used by @option{--extract}
212
213 * Reading:: Options to Help Read Archives
214 * Writing:: Changing How @command{tar} Writes Files
215 * Scarce:: Coping with Scarce Resources
216
217 Options to Help Read Archives
218
219 * read full records::
220 * Ignore Zeros::
221
222 Changing How @command{tar} Writes Files
223
224 * Dealing with Old Files::
225 * Overwrite Old Files::
226 * Keep Old Files::
227 * Keep Newer Files::
228 * Unlink First::
229 * Recursive Unlink::
230 * Modification Times::
231 * Setting Access Permissions::
232 * Writing to Standard Output::
233 * remove files::
234
235 Coping with Scarce Resources
236
237 * Starting File::
238 * Same Order::
239
240 Performing Backups and Restoring Files
241
242 * Full Dumps:: Using @command{tar} to Perform Full Dumps
243 * Incremental Dumps:: Using @command{tar} to Perform Incremental Dumps
244 * Backup Levels:: Levels of Backups
245 * Backup Parameters:: Setting Parameters for Backups and Restoration
246 * Scripted Backups:: Using the Backup Scripts
247 * Scripted Restoration:: Using the Restore Script
248
249 Setting Parameters for Backups and Restoration
250
251 * General-Purpose Variables::
252 * Magnetic Tape Control::
253 * User Hooks::
254 * backup-specs example:: An Example Text of @file{Backup-specs}
255
256 Choosing Files and Names for @command{tar}
257
258 * file:: Choosing the Archive's Name
259 * Selecting Archive Members::
260 * files:: Reading Names from a File
261 * exclude:: Excluding Some Files
262 * Wildcards::
263 * after:: Operating Only on New Files
264 * recurse:: Descending into Directories
265 * one:: Crossing Filesystem Boundaries
266
267 Reading Names from a File
268
269 * nul::
270
271 Excluding Some Files
272
273 * controlling pattern-patching with exclude::
274 * problems with exclude::
275
276 Crossing Filesystem Boundaries
277
278 * directory:: Changing Directory
279 * absolute:: Absolute File Names
280
281 Date input formats
282
283 * General date syntax:: Common rules.
284 * Calendar date items:: 19 Dec 1994.
285 * Time of day items:: 9:20pm.
286 * Time zone items:: @sc{est}, @sc{pdt}, @sc{gmt}, ...
287 * Day of week items:: Monday and others.
288 * Relative items in date strings:: next tuesday, 2 years ago.
289 * Pure numbers in date strings:: 19931219, 1440.
290 * Seconds since the Epoch:: @@1078100502.
291 * Authors of get_date:: Bellovin, Eggert, Salz, Berets, et al.
292
293 Controlling the Archive Format
294
295 * Portability:: Making @command{tar} Archives More Portable
296 * Compression:: Using Less Space through Compression
297 * Attributes:: Handling File Attributes
298 * Standard:: The Standard Format
299 * Extensions:: @acronym{GNU} Extensions to the Archive Format
300 * cpio:: Comparison of @command{tar} and @command{cpio}
301
302 Making @command{tar} Archives More Portable
303
304 * Portable Names:: Portable Names
305 * dereference:: Symbolic Links
306 * old:: Old V7 Archives
307 * posix:: @acronym{POSIX} archives
308 * Checksumming:: Checksumming Problems
309 * Large or Negative Values:: Large files, negative time stamps, etc.
310
311 Using Less Space through Compression
312
313 * gzip:: Creating and Reading Compressed Archives
314 * sparse:: Archiving Sparse Files
315
316 Tapes and Other Archive Media
317
318 * Device:: Device selection and switching
319 * Remote Tape Server::
320 * Common Problems and Solutions::
321 * Blocking:: Blocking
322 * Many:: Many archives on one tape
323 * Using Multiple Tapes:: Using Multiple Tapes
324 * label:: Including a Label in the Archive
325 * verify::
326 * Write Protection::
327
328 Blocking
329
330 * Format Variations:: Format Variations
331 * Blocking Factor:: The Blocking Factor of an Archive
332
333 Many Archives on One Tape
334
335 * Tape Positioning:: Tape Positions and Tape Marks
336 * mt:: The @command{mt} Utility
337
338 Using Multiple Tapes
339
340 * Multi-Volume Archives:: Archives Longer than One Tape or Disk
341 * Tape Files:: Tape Files
342
343 GNU tar internals and development
344
345 * Genfile::
346 * Snapshot Files::
347
348 Copying This Manual
349
350 * GNU Free Documentation License:: License for copying this manual
351
352 @end detailmenu
353 @end menu
354
355 @node Introduction
356 @chapter Introduction
357
358 @GNUTAR{} creates
359 and manipulates @dfn{archives} which are actually collections of
360 many other files; the program provides users with an organized and
361 systematic method for controlling a large amount of data.
362 The name ``tar'' originally came from the phrase ``Tape ARchive'', but
363 archives need not (and these days, typically do not) reside on tapes.
364
365 @menu
366 * Book Contents:: What this Book Contains
367 * Definitions:: Some Definitions
368 * What tar Does:: What @command{tar} Does
369 * Naming tar Archives:: How @command{tar} Archives are Named
370 * Current status:: Current development status of @GNUTAR{}
371 * Authors:: @GNUTAR{} Authors
372 * Reports:: Reporting bugs or suggestions
373 @end menu
374
375 @node Book Contents
376 @section What this Book Contains
377
378 The first part of this chapter introduces you to various terms that will
379 recur throughout the book. It also tells you who has worked on @GNUTAR{}
380 and its documentation, and where you should send bug reports
381 or comments.
382
383 The second chapter is a tutorial (@pxref{Tutorial}) which provides a
384 gentle introduction for people who are new to using @command{tar}. It is
385 meant to be self contained, not requiring any reading from subsequent
386 chapters to make sense. It moves from topic to topic in a logical,
387 progressive order, building on information already explained.
388
389 Although the tutorial is paced and structured to allow beginners to
390 learn how to use @command{tar}, it is not intended solely for beginners.
391 The tutorial explains how to use the three most frequently used
392 operations (@samp{create}, @samp{list}, and @samp{extract}) as well as
393 two frequently used options (@samp{file} and @samp{verbose}). The other
394 chapters do not refer to the tutorial frequently; however, if a section
395 discusses something which is a complex variant of a basic concept, there
396 may be a cross reference to that basic concept. (The entire book,
397 including the tutorial, assumes that the reader understands some basic
398 concepts of using a Unix-type operating system; @pxref{Tutorial}.)
399
400 The third chapter presents the remaining five operations, and
401 information about using @command{tar} options and option syntax.
402
403 @FIXME{this sounds more like a @acronym{GNU} Project Manuals Concept [tm] more
404 than the reality. should think about whether this makes sense to say
405 here, or not.} The other chapters are meant to be used as a
406 reference. Each chapter presents everything that needs to be said
407 about a specific topic.
408
409 One of the chapters (@pxref{Date input formats}) exists in its
410 entirety in other @acronym{GNU} manuals, and is mostly self-contained.
411 In addition, one section of this manual (@pxref{Standard}) contains a
412 big quote which is taken directly from @command{tar} sources.
413
414 In general, we give both long and short (abbreviated) option names
415 at least once in each section where the relevant option is covered, so
416 that novice readers will become familiar with both styles. (A few
417 options have no short versions, and the relevant sections will
418 indicate this.)
419
420 @node Definitions
421 @section Some Definitions
422
423 @cindex archive
424 @cindex tar archive
425 The @command{tar} program is used to create and manipulate @command{tar}
426 archives. An @dfn{archive} is a single file which contains the contents
427 of many files, while still identifying the names of the files, their
428 owner(s), and so forth. (In addition, archives record access
429 permissions, user and group, size in bytes, and last modification time.
430 Some archives also record the file names in each archived directory, as
431 well as other file and directory information.) You can use @command{tar}
432 to @dfn{create} a new archive in a specified directory.
433
434 @cindex member
435 @cindex archive member
436 @cindex file name
437 @cindex member name
438 The files inside an archive are called @dfn{members}. Within this
439 manual, we use the term @dfn{file} to refer only to files accessible in
440 the normal ways (by @command{ls}, @command{cat}, and so forth), and the term
441 @dfn{member} to refer only to the members of an archive. Similarly, a
442 @dfn{file name} is the name of a file, as it resides in the filesystem,
443 and a @dfn{member name} is the name of an archive member within the
444 archive.
445
446 @cindex extraction
447 @cindex unpacking
448 The term @dfn{extraction} refers to the process of copying an archive
449 member (or multiple members) into a file in the filesystem. Extracting
450 all the members of an archive is often called @dfn{extracting the
451 archive}. The term @dfn{unpack} can also be used to refer to the
452 extraction of many or all the members of an archive. Extracting an
453 archive does not destroy the archive's structure, just as creating an
454 archive does not destroy the copies of the files that exist outside of
455 the archive. You may also @dfn{list} the members in a given archive
456 (this is often thought of as ``printing'' them to the standard output,
457 or the command line), or @dfn{append} members to a pre-existing archive.
458 All of these operations can be performed using @command{tar}.
459
460 @node What tar Does
461 @section What @command{tar} Does
462
463 @cindex tar
464 The @command{tar} program provides the ability to create @command{tar}
465 archives, as well as various other kinds of manipulation. For example,
466 you can use @command{tar} on previously created archives to extract files,
467 to store additional files, or to update or list files which were already
468 stored.
469
470 Initially, @command{tar} archives were used to store files conveniently on
471 magnetic tape. The name @command{tar} comes from this use; it stands for
472 @code{t}ape @code{ar}chiver. Despite the utility's name, @command{tar} can
473 direct its output to available devices, files, or other programs (using
474 pipes). @command{tar} may even access remote devices or files (as archives).
475
476 @FIXME{the following table entries need a bit of work..}
477
478 You can use @command{tar} archives in many ways. We want to stress a few
479 of them: storage, backup, and transportation.
480
481 @table @asis
482 @item Storage
483 Often, @command{tar} archives are used to store related files for
484 convenient file transfer over a network. For example, the
485 @acronym{GNU} Project distributes its software bundled into
486 @command{tar} archives, so that all the files relating to a particular
487 program (or set of related programs) can be transferred as a single
488 unit.
489
490 A magnetic tape can store several files in sequence. However, the tape
491 has no names for these files; it only knows their relative position on
492 the tape. One way to store several files on one tape and retain their
493 names is by creating a @command{tar} archive. Even when the basic transfer
494 mechanism can keep track of names, as FTP can, the nuisance of handling
495 multiple files, directories, and multiple links makes @command{tar}
496 archives useful.
497
498 Archive files are also used for long-term storage. You can think of
499 this as transportation from the present into the future. (It is a
500 science-fiction idiom that you can move through time as well as in
501 space; the idea here is that @command{tar} can be used to move archives in
502 all dimensions, even time!)
503
504 @item Backup
505 Because the archive created by @command{tar} is capable of preserving
506 file information and directory structure, @command{tar} is commonly
507 used for performing full and incremental backups of disks. A backup
508 puts a collection of files (possibly pertaining to many users and
509 projects) together on a disk or a tape. This guards against
510 accidental destruction of the information in those files.
511 @GNUTAR{} has special features that allow it to be
512 used to make incremental and full dumps of all the files in a
513 filesystem.
514
515 @item Transportation
516 You can create an archive on one system, transfer it to another system,
517 and extract the contents there. This allows you to transport a group of
518 files from one system to another.
519 @end table
520
521 @node Naming tar Archives
522 @section How @command{tar} Archives are Named
523
524 Conventionally, @command{tar} archives are given names ending with
525 @samp{.tar}. This is not necessary for @command{tar} to operate properly,
526 but this manual follows that convention in order to accustom readers to
527 it and to make examples more clear.
528
529 @cindex tar file
530 @cindex entry
531 @cindex tar entry
532 Often, people refer to @command{tar} archives as ``@command{tar} files,'' and
533 archive members as ``files'' or ``entries''. For people familiar with
534 the operation of @command{tar}, this causes no difficulty. However, in
535 this manual, we consistently refer to ``archives'' and ``archive
536 members'' to make learning to use @command{tar} easier for novice users.
537
538 @node Current status
539 @section Current development status of @GNUTAR{}
540
541 @GNUTAR{} is currently in the process of active development, whose
542 primary aims are:
543
544 @itemize @bullet
545 @item Improve compatibility between @GNUTAR{} and other @command{tar}
546 implementations.
547 @item Switch to using @acronym{POSIX} archives.
548 @item Revise sparse file handling and multiple volume processing.
549 @item Merge with the @acronym{GNU} @code{paxutils} project.
550 @end itemize
551
552 Some of these aims are already attained, while others are still
553 being worked upon. From the point of view of an end user, the
554 following issues need special mentioning:
555
556 @table @asis
557 @item Use of short option @option{-o}.
558
559 Earlier versions of @GNUTAR{} understood @option{-o} command line
560 option as a synonym for @option{--old-archive}.
561
562 @GNUTAR{} starting from version 1.13.90 understands this option as
563 a synonym for @option{--no-same-owner}. This is compatible with
564 UNIX98 @command{tar} implementations.
565
566 However, to facilitate transition, @option{-o} option retains its
567 old semantics when it is used with one of archive-creation commands.
568 Users are encouraged to use @value{op-format-oldgnu} instead.
569
570 It is especially important, since versions of @acronym{GNU} Automake
571 up to and including 1.8.4 invoke tar with this option to produce
572 distribution tarballs. @xref{Formats,v7}, for the detailed discussion
573 of this issue and its implications.
574
575 Future versions of @GNUTAR{} will understand @option{-o} only as a
576 synonym for @option{--no-same-owner}.
577
578 @item Use of short option @option{-l}
579
580 Earlier versions of @GNUTAR{} understood @option{-l} option as a
581 synonym for @option{--one-file-system}. Such usage is deprecated.
582 For compatibility with other implementations future versions of
583 @GNUTAR{} will understand this option as a synonym for
584 @option{--check-links}.
585
586 @item Use of options @option{--portability} and @option{--old-archive}
587
588 These options are deprecated. Please use @option{--format=v7} instead.
589
590 @item Use of option @option{--posix}
591
592 This option is deprecated. Please use @option{--format=posix} instead.
593 @end table
594
595 @node Authors
596 @section @GNUTAR{} Authors
597
598 @GNUTAR{} was originally written by John Gilmore,
599 and modified by many people. The @acronym{GNU} enhancements were
600 written by Jay Fenlason, then Joy Kendall, and the whole package has
601 been further maintained by Thomas Bushnell, n/BSG, Fran@,{c}ois
602 Pinard, Paul Eggert, and finally Sergey Poznyakoff with the help of
603 numerous and kind users.
604
605 We wish to stress that @command{tar} is a collective work, and owes much to
606 all those people who reported problems, offered solutions and other
607 insights, or shared their thoughts and suggestions. An impressive, yet
608 partial list of those contributors can be found in the @file{THANKS}
609 file from the @GNUTAR{} distribution.
610
611 @FIXME{i want all of these names mentioned, Absolutely. BUT, i'm not
612 sure i want to spell out the history in this detail, at least not for
613 the printed book. i'm just not sure it needs to be said this way.
614 i'll think about it.}
615
616 @FIXME{History is more important, and surely more interesting, than
617 actual names. Quoting names without history would be meaningless. FP}
618
619 Jay Fenlason put together a draft of a @GNUTAR{}
620 manual, borrowing notes from the original man page from John Gilmore.
621 This was withdrawn in version 1.11. Thomas Bushnell, n/BSG and Amy
622 Gorin worked on a tutorial and manual for @GNUTAR{}.
623 Fran@,{c}ois Pinard put version 1.11.8 of the manual together by
624 taking information from all these sources and merging them. Melissa
625 Weisshaus finally edited and redesigned the book to create version
626 1.12. @FIXME{update version number as necessary; i'm being
627 optimistic!} @FIXME{Someone [maybe karl berry? maybe bob chassell?
628 maybe melissa? maybe julie sussman?] needs to properly index the
629 thing.}
630
631 For version 1.12, Daniel Hagerty contributed a great deal of technical
632 consulting. In particular, he is the primary author of @ref{Backups}.
633
634 In July, 2003 @GNUTAR{} was put on CVS at savannah.gnu.org
635 (see @url{http://savannah.gnu.org/projects/tar}), and
636 active development and maintenance work has started
637 again. Currently @GNUTAR{} is being maintained by Paul Eggert, Sergey
638 Poznyakoff and Jeff Bailey.
639
640 Support for @acronym{POSIX} archives was added by Sergey Poznyakoff.
641
642 @node Reports
643 @section Reporting bugs or suggestions
644
645 @cindex bug reports
646 @cindex reporting bugs
647 If you find problems or have suggestions about this program or manual,
648 please report them to @file{bug-tar@@gnu.org}.
649
650 When reporting a bug, please be sure to include as much detail as
651 possible, in order to reproduce it. @FIXME{Be more specific, I'd
652 like to make this node as detailed as 'Bug reporting' node in Emacs
653 manual}.
654
655 @node Tutorial
656 @chapter Tutorial Introduction to @command{tar}
657
658 This chapter guides you through some basic examples of three @command{tar}
659 operations: @option{--create}, @option{--list}, and @option{--extract}. If
660 you already know how to use some other version of @command{tar}, then you
661 may not need to read this chapter. This chapter omits most complicated
662 details about how @command{tar} works.
663
664 @menu
665 * assumptions::
666 * stylistic conventions::
667 * basic tar options:: Basic @command{tar} Operations and Options
668 * frequent operations::
669 * Two Frequent Options::
670 * create:: How to Create Archives
671 * list:: How to List Archives
672 * extract:: How to Extract Members from an Archive
673 * going further::
674 @end menu
675
676 @node assumptions
677 @section Assumptions this Tutorial Makes
678
679 This chapter is paced to allow beginners to learn about @command{tar}
680 slowly. At the same time, we will try to cover all the basic aspects of
681 these three operations. In order to accomplish both of these tasks, we
682 have made certain assumptions about your knowledge before reading this
683 manual, and the hardware you will be using:
684
685 @itemize @bullet
686 @item
687 Before you start to work through this tutorial, you should understand
688 what the terms ``archive'' and ``archive member'' mean
689 (@pxref{Definitions}). In addition, you should understand something
690 about how Unix-type operating systems work, and you should know how to
691 use some basic utilities. For example, you should know how to create,
692 list, copy, rename, edit, and delete files and directories; how to
693 change between directories; and how to figure out where you are in the
694 filesystem. You should have some basic understanding of directory
695 structure and how files are named according to which directory they are
696 in. You should understand concepts such as standard output and standard
697 input, what various definitions of the term ``argument'' mean, and the
698 differences between relative and absolute path names. @FIXME{and what
699 else?}
700
701 @item
702 This manual assumes that you are working from your own home directory
703 (unless we state otherwise). In this tutorial, you will create a
704 directory to practice @command{tar} commands in. When we show path names,
705 we will assume that those paths are relative to your home directory.
706 For example, my home directory path is @file{/home/fsf/melissa}. All of
707 my examples are in a subdirectory of the directory named by that path
708 name; the subdirectory is called @file{practice}.
709
710 @item
711 In general, we show examples of archives which exist on (or can be
712 written to, or worked with from) a directory on a hard disk. In most
713 cases, you could write those archives to, or work with them on any other
714 device, such as a tape drive. However, some of the later examples in
715 the tutorial and next chapter will not work on tape drives.
716 Additionally, working with tapes is much more complicated than working
717 with hard disks. For these reasons, the tutorial does not cover working
718 with tape drives. @xref{Media}, for complete information on using
719 @command{tar} archives with tape drives.
720
721 @FIXME{this is a cop out. need to add some simple tape drive info.}
722 @end itemize
723
724 @node stylistic conventions
725 @section Stylistic Conventions
726
727 In the examples, @samp{$} represents a typical shell prompt. It
728 precedes lines you should type; to make this more clear, those lines are
729 shown in @kbd{this font}, as opposed to lines which represent the
730 computer's response; those lines are shown in @code{this font}, or
731 sometimes @samp{like this}.
732
733 @c When we have lines which are too long to be
734 @c displayed in any other way, we will show them like this:
735
736 @node basic tar options
737 @section Basic @command{tar} Operations and Options
738
739 @command{tar} can take a wide variety of arguments which specify and define
740 the actions it will have on the particular set of files or the archive.
741 The main types of arguments to @command{tar} fall into one of two classes:
742 operations, and options.
743
744 Some arguments fall into a class called @dfn{operations}; exactly one of
745 these is both allowed and required for any instance of using @command{tar};
746 you may @emph{not} specify more than one. People sometimes speak of
747 @dfn{operating modes}. You are in a particular operating mode when you
748 have specified the operation which specifies it; there are eight
749 operations in total, and thus there are eight operating modes.
750
751 The other arguments fall into the class known as @dfn{options}. You are
752 not required to specify any options, and you are allowed to specify more
753 than one at a time (depending on the way you are using @command{tar} at
754 that time). Some options are used so frequently, and are so useful for
755 helping you type commands more carefully that they are effectively
756 ``required''. We will discuss them in this chapter.
757
758 You can write most of the @command{tar} operations and options in any
759 of three forms: long (mnemonic) form, short form, and old style. Some
760 of the operations and options have no short or ``old'' forms; however,
761 the operations and options which we will cover in this tutorial have
762 corresponding abbreviations. @FIXME{make sure this is still the case,
763 at the end}We will indicate those abbreviations appropriately to get
764 you used to seeing them. (Note that the ``old style'' option forms
765 exist in @GNUTAR{} for compatibility with Unix
766 @command{tar}. We present a full discussion of this way of writing
767 options and operations appears in @ref{Old Options}, and we discuss
768 the other two styles of writing options in @ref{Mnemonic Options}, and
769 @ref{Short Options}.)
770
771 In the examples and in the text of this tutorial, we usually use the
772 long forms of operations and options; but the ``short'' forms produce
773 the same result and can make typing long @command{tar} commands easier.
774 For example, instead of typing
775
776 @smallexample
777 @kbd{tar --create --verbose --file=afiles.tar apple angst aspic}
778 @end smallexample
779
780 @noindent
781 you can type
782 @smallexample
783 @kbd{tar -c -v -f afiles.tar apple angst aspic}
784 @end smallexample
785
786 @noindent
787 or even
788 @smallexample
789 @kbd{tar -cvf afiles.tar apple angst aspic}
790 @end smallexample
791
792 @noindent
793 For more information on option syntax, see @ref{Advanced tar}. In
794 discussions in the text, when we name an option by its long form, we
795 also give the corresponding short option in parentheses.
796
797 The term, ``option'', can be confusing at times, since ``operations''
798 are often lumped in with the actual, @emph{optional} ``options'' in certain
799 general class statements. For example, we just talked about ``short and
800 long forms of options and operations''. However, experienced @command{tar}
801 users often refer to these by shorthand terms such as, ``short and long
802 options''. This term assumes that the ``operations'' are included, also.
803 Context will help you determine which definition of ``options'' to use.
804
805 Similarly, the term ``command'' can be confusing, as it is often used in
806 two different ways. People sometimes refer to @command{tar} ``commands''.
807 A @command{tar} @dfn{command} is the entire command line of user input
808 which tells @command{tar} what to do --- including the operation, options,
809 and any arguments (file names, pipes, other commands, etc). However,
810 you will also sometimes hear the term ``the @command{tar} command''. When
811 the word ``command'' is used specifically like this, a person is usually
812 referring to the @command{tar} @emph{operation}, not the whole line.
813 Again, use context to figure out which of the meanings the speaker
814 intends.
815
816 @node frequent operations
817 @section The Three Most Frequently Used Operations
818
819 Here are the three most frequently used operations (both short and long
820 forms), as well as a brief description of their meanings. The rest of
821 this chapter will cover how to use these operations in detail. We will
822 present the rest of the operations in the next chapter.
823
824 @table @option
825 @item --create
826 @itemx -c
827 Create a new @command{tar} archive.
828 @item --list
829 @itemx -t
830 List the contents of an archive.
831 @item --extract
832 @itemx -x
833 Extract one or more members from an archive.
834 @end table
835
836 @node Two Frequent Options
837 @section Two Frequently Used Options
838
839 To understand how to run @command{tar} in the three operating modes listed
840 previously, you also need to understand how to use two of the options to
841 @command{tar}: @option{--file} (which takes an archive file as an argument)
842 and @option{--verbose}. (You are usually not @emph{required} to specify
843 either of these options when you run @command{tar}, but they can be very
844 useful in making things more clear and helping you avoid errors.)
845
846 @menu
847 * file tutorial::
848 * verbose tutorial::
849 * help tutorial::
850 @end menu
851
852 @node file tutorial
853 @unnumberedsubsec The @option{--file} Option
854
855 @table @option
856 @item --file=@var{archive-name}
857 @itemx -f @var{archive-name}
858 Specify the name of an archive file.
859 @end table
860
861 You can specify an argument for the @value{op-file} option whenever you
862 use @command{tar}; this option determines the name of the archive file
863 that @command{tar} will work on.
864
865 If you don't specify this argument, then @command{tar} will use a
866 default, usually some physical tape drive attached to your machine.
867 If there is no tape drive attached, or the default is not meaningful,
868 then @command{tar} will print an error message. The error message might
869 look roughly like one of the following:
870
871 @smallexample
872 tar: can't open /dev/rmt8 : No such device or address
873 tar: can't open /dev/rsmt0 : I/O error
874 @end smallexample
875
876 @noindent
877 To avoid confusion, we recommend that you always specify an archive file
878 name by using @value{op-file} when writing your @command{tar} commands.
879 For more information on using the @value{op-file} option, see
880 @ref{file}.
881
882 @node verbose tutorial
883 @unnumberedsubsec The @option{--verbose} Option
884
885 @table @option
886 @item --verbose
887 @itemx -v
888 Show the files being worked on as @command{tar} is running.
889 @end table
890
891 @value{op-verbose} shows details about the results of running
892 @command{tar}. This can be especially useful when the results might not be
893 obvious. For example, if you want to see the progress of @command{tar} as
894 it writes files into the archive, you can use the @option{--verbose}
895 option. In the beginning, you may find it useful to use
896 @option{--verbose} at all times; when you are more accustomed to
897 @command{tar}, you will likely want to use it at certain times but not at
898 others. We will use @option{--verbose} at times to help make something
899 clear, and we will give many examples both using and not using
900 @option{--verbose} to show the differences.
901
902 Sometimes, a single instance of @option{--verbose} on the command line
903 will show a full, @samp{ls} style listing of an archive or files,
904 giving sizes, owners, and similar information. @FIXME{Describe the
905 exact output format, e.g., how hard links are displayed.}
906 Other times, @option{--verbose} will only show files or members that the particular
907 operation is operating on at the time. In the latter case, you can
908 use @option{--verbose} twice in a command to get a listing such as that
909 in the former case. For example, instead of saying
910
911 @smallexample
912 @kbd{tar -cvf afiles.tar apple angst aspic}
913 @end smallexample
914
915 @noindent
916 above, you might say
917
918 @smallexample
919 @kbd{tar -cvvf afiles.tar apple angst aspic}
920 @end smallexample
921
922 @noindent
923 This works equally well using short or long forms of options. Using
924 long forms, you would simply write out the mnemonic form of the option
925 twice, like this:
926
927 @smallexample
928 $ @kbd{tar --create --verbose --verbose @dots{}}
929 @end smallexample
930
931 @noindent
932 Note that you must double the hyphens properly each time.
933
934 Later in the tutorial, we will give examples using @w{@option{--verbose
935 --verbose}}.
936
937 @node help tutorial
938 @unnumberedsubsec Getting Help: Using the @option{--help} Option
939
940 @table @option
941 @item --help
942
943 The @option{--help} option to @command{tar} prints out a very brief list of
944 all operations and option available for the current version of
945 @command{tar} available on your system.
946 @end table
947
948 @node create
949 @section How to Create Archives
950 @UNREVISED
951
952 One of the basic operations of @command{tar} is @value{op-create}, which
953 you use to create a @command{tar} archive. We will explain
954 @option{--create} first because, in order to learn about the other
955 operations, you will find it useful to have an archive available to
956 practice on.
957
958 To make this easier, in this section you will first create a directory
959 containing three files. Then, we will show you how to create an
960 @emph{archive} (inside the new directory). Both the directory, and
961 the archive are specifically for you to practice on. The rest of this
962 chapter and the next chapter will show many examples using this
963 directory and the files you will create: some of those files may be
964 other directories and other archives.
965
966 The three files you will archive in this example are called
967 @file{blues}, @file{folk}, and @file{jazz}. The archive is called
968 @file{collection.tar}.
969
970 This section will proceed slowly, detailing how to use @option{--create}
971 in @code{verbose} mode, and showing examples using both short and long
972 forms. In the rest of the tutorial, and in the examples in the next
973 chapter, we will proceed at a slightly quicker pace. This section
974 moves more slowly to allow beginning users to understand how
975 @command{tar} works.
976
977 @menu
978 * prepare for examples::
979 * Creating the archive::
980 * create verbose::
981 * short create::
982 * create dir::
983 @end menu
984
985 @node prepare for examples
986 @subsection Preparing a Practice Directory for Examples
987
988 To follow along with this and future examples, create a new directory
989 called @file{practice} containing files called @file{blues}, @file{folk}
990 and @file{jazz}. The files can contain any information you like:
991 ideally, they should contain information which relates to their names,
992 and be of different lengths. Our examples assume that @file{practice}
993 is a subdirectory of your home directory.
994
995 Now @command{cd} to the directory named @file{practice}; @file{practice}
996 is now your @dfn{working directory}. (@emph{Please note}: Although
997 the full path name of this directory is
998 @file{/@var{homedir}/practice}, in our examples we will refer to
999 this directory as @file{practice}; the @var{homedir} is presumed.
1000
1001 In general, you should check that the files to be archived exist where
1002 you think they do (in the working directory) by running @command{ls}.
1003 Because you just created the directory and the files and have changed to
1004 that directory, you probably don't need to do that this time.
1005
1006 It is very important to make sure there isn't already a file in the
1007 working directory with the archive name you intend to use (in this case,
1008 @samp{collection.tar}), or that you don't care about its contents.
1009 Whenever you use @samp{create}, @command{tar} will erase the current
1010 contents of the file named by @value{op-file} if it exists. @command{tar}
1011 will not tell you if you are about to overwrite an archive unless you
1012 specify an option which does this. @FIXME{xref to the node for
1013 --backup!}To add files to an existing archive, you need to use a
1014 different option, such as @value{op-append}; see @ref{append} for
1015 information on how to do this.
1016
1017 @node Creating the archive
1018 @subsection Creating the Archive
1019
1020 To place the files @file{blues}, @file{folk}, and @file{jazz} into an
1021 archive named @file{collection.tar}, use the following command:
1022
1023 @smallexample
1024 $ @kbd{tar --create --file=collection.tar blues folk jazz}
1025 @end smallexample
1026
1027 The order of the arguments is not very important, @emph{when using long
1028 option forms}. You could also say:
1029
1030 @smallexample
1031 $ @kbd{tar blues --create folk --file=collection.tar jazz}
1032 @end smallexample
1033
1034 @noindent
1035 However, you can see that this order is harder to understand; this is
1036 why we will list the arguments in the order that makes the commands
1037 easiest to understand (and we encourage you to do the same when you use
1038 @command{tar}, to avoid errors).
1039
1040 Note that the part of the command which says,
1041 @w{@option{--file=collection.tar}} is considered to be @emph{one} argument.
1042 If you substituted any other string of characters for
1043 @kbd{collection.tar}, then that string would become the name of the
1044 archive file you create.
1045
1046 The order of the options becomes more important when you begin to use
1047 short forms. With short forms, if you type commands in the wrong order
1048 (even if you type them correctly in all other ways), you may end up with
1049 results you don't expect. For this reason, it is a good idea to get
1050 into the habit of typing options in the order that makes inherent sense.
1051 @xref{short create}, for more information on this.
1052
1053 In this example, you type the command as shown above: @option{--create}
1054 is the operation which creates the new archive
1055 (@file{collection.tar}), and @option{--file} is the option which lets
1056 you give it the name you chose. The files, @file{blues}, @file{folk},
1057 and @file{jazz}, are now members of the archive, @file{collection.tar}
1058 (they are @dfn{file name arguments} to the @option{--create} operation).
1059 @FIXME{xref here to the discussion of file name args?}Now that they are
1060 in the archive, they are called @emph{archive members}, not files.
1061 (@pxref{Definitions,members}).
1062
1063 When you create an archive, you @emph{must} specify which files you
1064 want placed in the archive. If you do not specify any archive
1065 members, @GNUTAR{} will complain.
1066
1067 If you now list the contents of the working directory (@command{ls}), you will
1068 find the archive file listed as well as the files you saw previously:
1069
1070 @smallexample
1071 blues folk jazz collection.tar
1072 @end smallexample
1073
1074 @noindent
1075 Creating the archive @samp{collection.tar} did not destroy the copies of
1076 the files in the directory.
1077
1078 Keep in mind that if you don't indicate an operation, @command{tar} will not
1079 run and will prompt you for one. If you don't name any files, @command{tar}
1080 will complain. You must have write access to the working directory,
1081 or else you will not be able to create an archive in that directory.
1082
1083 @emph{Caution}: Do not attempt to use @value{op-create} to add files to
1084 an existing archive; it will delete the archive and write a new one.
1085 Use @value{op-append} instead. @xref{append}.
1086
1087 @node create verbose
1088 @subsection Running @option{--create} with @option{--verbose}
1089
1090 If you include the @value{op-verbose} option on the command line,
1091 @command{tar} will list the files it is acting on as it is working. In
1092 verbose mode, the @code{create} example above would appear as:
1093
1094 @smallexample
1095 $ @kbd{tar --create --verbose --file=collection.tar blues folk jazz}
1096 blues
1097 folk
1098 jazz
1099 @end smallexample
1100
1101 This example is just like the example we showed which did not use
1102 @option{--verbose}, except that @command{tar} generated the remaining lines
1103 @iftex
1104 (note the different font styles).
1105 @end iftex
1106 @ifinfo
1107 .
1108 @end ifinfo
1109
1110 In the rest of the examples in this chapter, we will frequently use
1111 @code{verbose} mode so we can show actions or @command{tar} responses that
1112 you would otherwise not see, and which are important for you to
1113 understand.
1114
1115 @node short create
1116 @subsection Short Forms with @samp{create}
1117
1118 As we said before, the @value{op-create} operation is one of the most
1119 basic uses of @command{tar}, and you will use it countless times.
1120 Eventually, you will probably want to use abbreviated (or ``short'')
1121 forms of options. A full discussion of the three different forms that
1122 options can take appears in @ref{Styles}; for now, here is what the
1123 previous example (including the @value{op-verbose} option) looks like
1124 using short option forms:
1125
1126 @smallexample
1127 $ @kbd{tar -cvf collection.tar blues folk jazz}
1128 blues
1129 folk
1130 jazz
1131 @end smallexample
1132
1133 @noindent
1134 As you can see, the system responds the same no matter whether you use
1135 long or short option forms.
1136
1137 @FIXME{i don't like how this is worded:} One difference between using
1138 short and long option forms is that, although the exact placement of
1139 arguments following options is no more specific when using short forms,
1140 it is easier to become confused and make a mistake when using short
1141 forms. For example, suppose you attempted the above example in the
1142 following way:
1143
1144 @smallexample
1145 $ @kbd{tar -cfv collection.tar blues folk jazz}
1146 @end smallexample
1147
1148 @noindent
1149 In this case, @command{tar} will make an archive file called @file{v},
1150 containing the files @file{blues}, @file{folk}, and @file{jazz}, because
1151 the @samp{v} is the closest ``file name'' to the @option{-f} option, and
1152 is thus taken to be the chosen archive file name. @command{tar} will try
1153 to add a file called @file{collection.tar} to the @file{v} archive file;
1154 if the file @file{collection.tar} did not already exist, @command{tar} will
1155 report an error indicating that this file does not exist. If the file
1156 @file{collection.tar} does already exist (e.g., from a previous command
1157 you may have run), then @command{tar} will add this file to the archive.
1158 Because the @option{-v} option did not get registered, @command{tar} will not
1159 run under @samp{verbose} mode, and will not report its progress.
1160
1161 The end result is that you may be quite confused about what happened,
1162 and possibly overwrite a file. To illustrate this further, we will show
1163 you how an example we showed previously would look using short forms.
1164
1165 This example,
1166
1167 @smallexample
1168 $ @kbd{tar blues --create folk --file=collection.tar jazz}
1169 @end smallexample
1170
1171 @noindent
1172 is confusing as it is. When shown using short forms, however, it
1173 becomes much more so:
1174
1175 @smallexample
1176 $ @kbd{tar blues -c folk -f collection.tar jazz}
1177 @end smallexample
1178
1179 @noindent
1180 It would be very easy to put the wrong string of characters
1181 immediately following the @option{-f}, but doing that could sacrifice
1182 valuable data.
1183
1184 For this reason, we recommend that you pay very careful attention to
1185 the order of options and placement of file and archive names,
1186 especially when using short option forms. Not having the option name
1187 written out mnemonically can affect how well you remember which option
1188 does what, and therefore where different names have to be placed.
1189 (Placing options in an unusual order can also cause @command{tar} to
1190 report an error if you have set the shell environment variable
1191 @env{POSIXLY_CORRECT}.)
1192
1193 @node create dir
1194 @subsection Archiving Directories
1195
1196 @cindex Archiving Directories
1197 @cindex Directories, Archiving
1198 You can archive a directory by specifying its directory name as a
1199 file name argument to @command{tar}. The files in the directory will be
1200 archived relative to the working directory, and the directory will be
1201 re-created along with its contents when the archive is extracted.
1202
1203 To archive a directory, first move to its superior directory. If you
1204 have followed the previous instructions in this tutorial, you should
1205 type:
1206
1207 @smallexample
1208 $ @kbd{cd ..}
1209 $
1210 @end smallexample
1211
1212 @noindent
1213 This will put you into the directory which contains @file{practice},
1214 i.e., your home directory. Once in the superior directory, you can
1215 specify the subdirectory, @file{practice}, as a file name argument. To
1216 store @file{practice} in the new archive file @file{music.tar}, type:
1217
1218 @smallexample
1219 $ @kbd{tar --create --verbose --file=music.tar practice}
1220 @end smallexample
1221
1222 @noindent
1223 @command{tar} should output:
1224
1225 @smallexample
1226 practice/
1227 practice/blues
1228 practice/folk
1229 practice/jazz
1230 practice/collection.tar
1231 @end smallexample
1232
1233 Note that the archive thus created is not in the subdirectory
1234 @file{practice}, but rather in the current working directory---the
1235 directory from which @command{tar} was invoked. Before trying to archive a
1236 directory from its superior directory, you should make sure you have
1237 write access to the superior directory itself, not only the directory
1238 you are trying archive with @command{tar}. For example, you will probably
1239 not be able to store your home directory in an archive by invoking
1240 @command{tar} from the root directory; @value{xref-absolute-names}. (Note
1241 also that @file{collection.tar}, the original archive file, has itself
1242 been archived. @command{tar} will accept any file as a file to be
1243 archived, regardless of its content. When @file{music.tar} is
1244 extracted, the archive file @file{collection.tar} will be re-written
1245 into the file system).
1246
1247 If you give @command{tar} a command such as
1248
1249 @smallexample
1250 $ @kbd{tar --create --file=foo.tar .}
1251 @end smallexample
1252
1253 @noindent
1254 @command{tar} will report @samp{tar: ./foo.tar is the archive; not
1255 dumped}. This happens because @command{tar} creates the archive
1256 @file{foo.tar} in the current directory before putting any files into
1257 it. Then, when @command{tar} attempts to add all the files in the
1258 directory @file{.} to the archive, it notices that the file
1259 @file{./foo.tar} is the same as the archive @file{foo.tar}, and skips
1260 it. (It makes no sense to put an archive into itself.) @GNUTAR{}
1261 will continue in this case, and create the archive
1262 normally, except for the exclusion of that one file. (@emph{Please
1263 note:} Other versions of @command{tar} are not so clever; they will
1264 enter an infinite loop when this happens, so you should not depend on
1265 this behavior unless you are certain you are running @GNUTAR{}.)
1266 @FIXME{bob doesn't like this sentence, since he does
1267 it all the time, and we've been doing it in the editing passes for
1268 this manual: In general, make sure that the archive is not inside a
1269 directory being dumped.}
1270
1271 @node list
1272 @section How to List Archives
1273
1274 Frequently, you will find yourself wanting to determine exactly what a
1275 particular archive contains. You can use the @value{op-list} operation
1276 to get the member names as they currently appear in the archive, as well
1277 as various attributes of the files at the time they were archived. For
1278 example, you can examine the archive @file{collection.tar} that you
1279 created in the last section with the command,
1280
1281 @smallexample
1282 $ @kbd{tar --list --file=collection.tar}
1283 @end smallexample
1284
1285 @noindent
1286 The output of @command{tar} would then be:
1287
1288 @smallexample
1289 blues
1290 folk
1291 jazz
1292 @end smallexample
1293
1294 @FIXME{we hope this will change. if it doesn't, need to show the
1295 creation of bfiles somewhere above!!! : }
1296
1297 @noindent
1298 The archive @file{bfiles.tar} would list as follows:
1299
1300 @smallexample
1301 ./birds
1302 baboon
1303 ./box
1304 @end smallexample
1305
1306 @noindent
1307 Be sure to use a @value{op-file} option just as with @value{op-create}
1308 to specify the name of the archive.
1309
1310 If you use the @value{op-verbose} option with @option{--list}, then
1311 @command{tar} will print out a listing reminiscent of @w{@samp{ls -l}},
1312 showing owner, file size, and so forth.
1313
1314 If you had used @value{op-verbose} mode, the example above would look
1315 like:
1316
1317 @smallexample
1318 $ @kbd{tar --list --verbose --file=collection.tar folk}
1319 -rw-rw-rw- myself user 62 1990-05-23 10:55 folk
1320 @end smallexample
1321
1322 @cindex listing member and file names
1323 @anchor{listing member and file names}
1324 It is important to notice that the output of @kbd{tar --list
1325 --verbose} does not necessarily match that produced by @kbd{tar
1326 --create --verbose} while creating the archive. It is because
1327 @GNUTAR{}, unless told explicitly not to do so, removes some directory
1328 prefixes from file names before storing them in the archive
1329 (@xref{absolute}, for more information). In other
1330 words, in verbose mode @GNUTAR{} shows @dfn{file names} when creating
1331 an archive and @dfn{member names} when listing it. Consider this
1332 example:
1333
1334 @smallexample
1335 @group
1336 $ @kbd{tar cfv archive /etc/mail}
1337 tar: Removing leading `/' from member names
1338 /etc/mail/
1339 /etc/mail/sendmail.cf
1340 /etc/mail/aliases
1341 $ @kbd{tar tf archive}
1342 etc/mail/
1343 etc/mail/sendmail.cf
1344 etc/mail/aliases
1345 @end group
1346 @end smallexample
1347
1348 @cindex @option{--show-stored-names} described
1349 This default behavior can sometimes be inconvenient. You can force
1350 @GNUTAR{} show member names when creating archive by supplying
1351 @option{--show-stored-names} option.
1352
1353 @table @option
1354 @item --show-stored-names
1355 Print member (not @emph{file}) names when creating the archive.
1356 @end table
1357
1358 @cindex File name arguments, using @option{--list} with
1359 @cindex @option{--list} with file name arguments
1360 You can specify one or more individual member names as arguments when
1361 using @samp{list}. In this case, @command{tar} will only list the
1362 names of members you identify. For example, @w{@kbd{tar --list
1363 --file=afiles.tar apple}} would only print @file{apple}.
1364
1365 @FIXME{we hope the relevant aspects of this will change:}Because
1366 @command{tar} preserves paths, file names must be specified as they appear
1367 in the archive (ie., relative to the directory from which the archive
1368 was created). Therefore, it is essential when specifying member names
1369 to @command{tar} that you give the exact member names. For example,
1370 @w{@kbd{tar --list --file=bfiles birds}} would produce an error message
1371 something like @samp{tar: birds: Not found in archive}, because there is
1372 no member named @file{birds}, only one named @file{./birds}. While the
1373 names @file{birds} and @file{./birds} name the same file, @emph{member}
1374 names are compared using a simplistic name comparison, in which an exact
1375 match is necessary. @xref{absolute}.
1376
1377 However, @w{@kbd{tar --list --file=collection.tar folk}} would respond
1378 with @file{folk}, because @file{folk} is in the archive file
1379 @file{collection.tar}. If you are not sure of the exact file name, try
1380 listing all the files in the archive and searching for the one you
1381 expect to find; remember that if you use @option{--list} with no file
1382 names as arguments, @command{tar} will print the names of all the members
1383 stored in the specified archive.
1384
1385 @menu
1386 * list dir::
1387 @end menu
1388
1389 @node list dir
1390 @unnumberedsubsec Listing the Contents of a Stored Directory
1391
1392 To get information about the contents of an archived directory,
1393 use the directory name as a file name argument in conjunction with
1394 @value{op-list}. To find out file attributes, include the
1395 @value{op-verbose} option.
1396
1397 For example, to find out about files in the directory @file{practice}, in
1398 the archive file @file{music.tar}, type:
1399
1400 @smallexample
1401 $ @kbd{tar --list --verbose --file=music.tar practice}
1402 @end smallexample
1403
1404 @command{tar} responds:
1405
1406 @smallexample
1407 drwxrwxrwx myself user 0 1990-05-31 21:49 practice/
1408 -rw-rw-rw- myself user 42 1990-05-21 13:29 practice/blues
1409 -rw-rw-rw- myself user 62 1990-05-23 10:55 practice/folk
1410 -rw-rw-rw- myself user 40 1990-05-21 13:30 practice/jazz
1411 -rw-rw-rw- myself user 10240 1990-05-31 21:49 practice/collection.tar
1412 @end smallexample
1413
1414 When you use a directory name as a file name argument, @command{tar} acts on
1415 all the files (including sub-directories) in that directory.
1416
1417 @node extract
1418 @section How to Extract Members from an Archive
1419 @UNREVISED
1420 @cindex Extraction
1421 @cindex Retrieving files from an archive
1422 @cindex Resurrecting files from an archive
1423
1424 Creating an archive is only half the job---there is no point in storing
1425 files in an archive if you can't retrieve them. The act of retrieving
1426 members from an archive so they can be used and manipulated as
1427 unarchived files again is called @dfn{extraction}. To extract files
1428 from an archive, use the @value{op-extract} operation. As with
1429 @value{op-create}, specify the name of the archive with @value{op-file}.
1430 Extracting an archive does not modify the archive in any way; you can
1431 extract it multiple times if you want or need to.
1432
1433 Using @option{--extract}, you can extract an entire archive, or specific
1434 files. The files can be directories containing other files, or not. As
1435 with @value{op-create} and @value{op-list}, you may use the short or the
1436 long form of the operation without affecting the performance.
1437
1438 @menu
1439 * extracting archives::
1440 * extracting files::
1441 * extract dir::
1442 * extracting untrusted archives::
1443 * failing commands::
1444 @end menu
1445
1446 @node extracting archives
1447 @subsection Extracting an Entire Archive
1448
1449 To extract an entire archive, specify the archive file name only, with
1450 no individual file names as arguments. For example,
1451
1452 @smallexample
1453 $ @kbd{tar -xvf collection.tar}
1454 @end smallexample
1455
1456 @noindent
1457 produces this:
1458
1459 @smallexample
1460 -rw-rw-rw- me user 28 1996-10-18 16:31 jazz
1461 -rw-rw-rw- me user 21 1996-09-23 16:44 blues
1462 -rw-rw-rw- me user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 folk
1463 @end smallexample
1464
1465 @node extracting files
1466 @subsection Extracting Specific Files
1467
1468 To extract specific archive members, give their exact member names as
1469 arguments, as printed by @value{op-list}. If you had mistakenly deleted
1470 one of the files you had placed in the archive @file{collection.tar}
1471 earlier (say, @file{blues}), you can extract it from the archive without
1472 changing the archive's structure. It will be identical to the original
1473 file @file{blues} that you deleted. @FIXME{At the time of this
1474 writing, atime and ctime are not restored. Since this is a tutorial
1475 for a beginnig user, it should hardly be mentioned here. Maybe in
1476 a footnote? --gray}.
1477
1478 First, make sure you are in the @file{practice} directory, and list the
1479 files in the directory. Now, delete the file, @samp{blues}, and list
1480 the files in the directory again.
1481
1482 You can now extract the member @file{blues} from the archive file
1483 @file{collection.tar} like this:
1484
1485 @smallexample
1486 $ @kbd{tar --extract --file=collection.tar blues}
1487 @end smallexample
1488
1489 @noindent
1490 If you list the files in the directory again, you will see that the file
1491 @file{blues} has been restored, with its original permissions, creation
1492 times, and owner.@FIXME{This is only accidentally true, but not in
1493 general. In most cases, one has to be root for restoring the owner, and
1494 use a special option for restoring permissions. Here, it just happens
1495 that the restoring user is also the owner of the archived members, and
1496 that the current @code{umask} is compatible with original permissions.}
1497 (These parameters will be identical to those which
1498 the file had when you originally placed it in the archive; any changes
1499 you may have made before deleting the file from the file system,
1500 however, will @emph{not} have been made to the archive member.) The
1501 archive file, @samp{collection.tar}, is the same as it was before you
1502 extracted @samp{blues}. You can confirm this by running @command{tar} with
1503 @value{op-list}.
1504
1505 @FIXME{we hope this will change:}Remember that as with other operations,
1506 specifying the exact member name is important. @w{@kbd{tar --extract
1507 --file=bfiles.tar birds}} will fail, because there is no member named
1508 @file{birds}. To extract the member named @file{./birds}, you must
1509 specify @w{@kbd{tar --extract --file=bfiles.tar ./birds}}. To find the
1510 exact member names of the members of an archive, use @value{op-list}
1511 (@pxref{list}).
1512
1513 You can extract a file to standard output by combining the above options
1514 with the @value{op-to-stdout} option (@pxref{Writing to Standard
1515 Output}).
1516
1517 If you give the @value{op-verbose} option, then @value{op-extract} will
1518 print the names of the archive members as it extracts them.
1519
1520 @node extract dir
1521 @subsection Extracting Files that are Directories
1522
1523 Extracting directories which are members of an archive is similar to
1524 extracting other files. The main difference to be aware of is that if
1525 the extracted directory has the same name as any directory already in
1526 the working directory, then files in the extracted directory will be
1527 placed into the directory of the same name. Likewise, if there are
1528 files in the pre-existing directory with the same names as the members
1529 which you extract, the files from the extracted archive will replace
1530 the files already in the working directory (and possible
1531 subdirectories). This will happen regardless of whether or not the
1532 files in the working directory were more recent than those extracted
1533 (there exist, however, special options that alter this behavior
1534 @pxref{Writing}).
1535
1536 However, if a file was stored with a directory name as part of its file
1537 name, and that directory does not exist under the working directory when
1538 the file is extracted, @command{tar} will create the directory.
1539
1540 We can demonstrate how to use @option{--extract} to extract a directory
1541 file with an example. Change to the @file{practice} directory if you
1542 weren't there, and remove the files @file{folk} and @file{jazz}. Then,
1543 go back to the parent directory and extract the archive
1544 @file{music.tar}. You may either extract the entire archive, or you may
1545 extract only the files you just deleted. To extract the entire archive,
1546 don't give any file names as arguments after the archive name
1547 @file{music.tar}. To extract only the files you deleted, use the
1548 following command:
1549
1550 @smallexample
1551 $ @kbd{tar -xvf music.tar practice/folk practice/jazz}
1552 practice/folk
1553 practice/jazz
1554 @end smallexample
1555
1556 @noindent
1557 If you were to specify two @value{op-verbose} options, @command{tar}
1558 would have displayed more detail about the extracted files, as shown
1559 in the example below:
1560
1561 @smallexample
1562 $ @kbd{tar -xvvf music.tar practice/folk practice/jazz}
1563 -rw-rw-rw- me user 28 1996-10-18 16:31 practice/jazz
1564 -rw-rw-rw- me user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 practice/folk
1565 @end smallexample
1566
1567 @noindent
1568 Because you created the directory with @file{practice} as part of the
1569 file names of each of the files by archiving the @file{practice}
1570 directory as @file{practice}, you must give @file{practice} as part
1571 of the file names when you extract those files from the archive.
1572
1573 @FIXME{IMPORTANT! show the final structure, here. figure out what it
1574 will be.}
1575
1576 @node extracting untrusted archives
1577 @subsection Extracting Archives from Untrusted Sources
1578
1579 Extracting files from archives can overwrite files that already exist.
1580 If you receive an archive from an untrusted source, you should make a
1581 new directory and extract into that directory, so that you don't have
1582 to worry about the extraction overwriting one of your existing files.
1583 For example, if @file{untrusted.tar} came from somewhere else on the
1584 Internet, and you don't necessarily trust its contents, you can
1585 extract it as follows:
1586
1587 @smallexample
1588 $ @kbd{mkdir newdir}
1589 $ @kbd{cd newdir}
1590 $ @kbd{tar -xvf ../untrusted.tar}
1591 @end smallexample
1592
1593 It is also a good practice to examine contents of the archive
1594 before extracting it, using @value{op-list} option, possibly combined
1595 with @value{op-verbose}.
1596
1597 @node failing commands
1598 @subsection Commands That Will Fail
1599
1600 Here are some sample commands you might try which will not work, and why
1601 they won't work.
1602
1603 If you try to use this command,
1604
1605 @smallexample
1606 $ @kbd{tar -xvf music.tar folk jazz}
1607 @end smallexample
1608
1609 @noindent
1610 you will get the following response:
1611
1612 @smallexample
1613 tar: folk: Not found in archive
1614 tar: jazz: Not found in archive
1615 $
1616 @end smallexample
1617
1618 @noindent
1619 This is because these files were not originally @emph{in} the parent
1620 directory @file{..}, where the archive is located; they were in the
1621 @file{practice} directory, and their file names reflect this:
1622
1623 @smallexample
1624 $ @kbd{tar -tvf music.tar}
1625 practice/folk
1626 practice/jazz
1627 practice/rock
1628 @end smallexample
1629
1630 @FIXME{make sure the above works when going through the examples in
1631 order...}
1632
1633 @noindent
1634 Likewise, if you try to use this command,
1635
1636 @smallexample
1637 $ @kbd{tar -tvf music.tar folk jazz}
1638 @end smallexample
1639
1640 @noindent
1641 you would get a similar response. Members with those names are not in the
1642 archive. You must use the correct member names in order to extract the
1643 files from the archive.
1644
1645 If you have forgotten the correct names of the files in the archive,
1646 use @w{@kbd{tar --list --verbose}} to list them correctly.
1647
1648 @FIXME{more examples, here? hag thinks it's a good idea.}
1649
1650 @node going further
1651 @section Going Further Ahead in this Manual
1652
1653 @FIXME{need to write up a node here about the things that are going to
1654 be in the rest of the manual.}
1655
1656 @node tar invocation
1657 @chapter Invoking @GNUTAR{}
1658 @UNREVISED
1659
1660 This chapter is about how one invokes the @GNUTAR{}
1661 command, from the command synopsis (@pxref{Synopsis}). There are
1662 numerous options, and many styles for writing them. One mandatory
1663 option specifies the operation @command{tar} should perform
1664 (@pxref{Operation Summary}), other options are meant to detail how
1665 this operation should be performed (@pxref{Option Summary}).
1666 Non-option arguments are not always interpreted the same way,
1667 depending on what the operation is.
1668
1669 You will find in this chapter everything about option styles and rules for
1670 writing them (@pxref{Styles}). On the other hand, operations and options
1671 are fully described elsewhere, in other chapters. Here, you will find
1672 only synthetic descriptions for operations and options, together with
1673 pointers to other parts of the @command{tar} manual.
1674
1675 Some options are so special they are fully described right in this
1676 chapter. They have the effect of inhibiting the normal operation of
1677 @command{tar} or else, they globally alter the amount of feedback the user
1678 receives about what is going on. These are the @value{op-help} and
1679 @value{op-version} (@pxref{help}), @value{op-verbose} (@pxref{verbose})
1680 and @value{op-interactive} options (@pxref{interactive}).
1681
1682 @menu
1683 * Synopsis::
1684 * using tar options::
1685 * Styles::
1686 * All Options::
1687 * help::
1688 * verbose::
1689 * interactive::
1690 @end menu
1691
1692 @node Synopsis
1693 @section General Synopsis of @command{tar}
1694
1695 The @GNUTAR{} program is invoked as either one of:
1696
1697 @smallexample
1698 @kbd{tar @var{option}@dots{} [@var{name}]@dots{}}
1699 @kbd{tar @var{letter}@dots{} [@var{argument}]@dots{} [@var{option}]@dots{} [@var{name}]@dots{}}
1700 @end smallexample
1701
1702 The second form is for when old options are being used.
1703
1704 You can use @command{tar} to store files in an archive, to extract them from
1705 an archive, and to do other types of archive manipulation. The primary
1706 argument to @command{tar}, which is called the @dfn{operation}, specifies
1707 which action to take. The other arguments to @command{tar} are either
1708 @dfn{options}, which change the way @command{tar} performs an operation,
1709 or file names or archive members, which specify the files or members
1710 @command{tar} is to act on.
1711
1712 You can actually type in arguments in any order, even if in this manual
1713 the options always precede the other arguments, to make examples easier
1714 to understand. Further, the option stating the main operation mode
1715 (the @command{tar} main command) is usually given first.
1716
1717 Each @var{name} in the synopsis above is interpreted as an archive member
1718 name when the main command is one of @value{op-compare}, @value{op-delete},
1719 @value{op-extract}, @value{op-list} or @value{op-update}. When naming
1720 archive members, you must give the exact name of the member in the
1721 archive, as it is printed by @value{op-list}. For @value{op-append}
1722 and @value{op-create}, these @var{name} arguments specify the names
1723 of either files or directory hierarchies to place in the archive.
1724 These files or hierarchies should already exist in the file system,
1725 prior to the execution of the @command{tar} command.
1726
1727 @command{tar} interprets relative file names as being relative to the
1728 working directory. @command{tar} will make all file names relative
1729 (by removing leading slashes when archiving or restoring files),
1730 unless you specify otherwise (using the @value{op-absolute-names}
1731 option). @value{xref-absolute-names}, for more information about
1732 @value{op-absolute-names}.
1733
1734 If you give the name of a directory as either a file name or a member
1735 name, then @command{tar} acts recursively on all the files and directories
1736 beneath that directory. For example, the name @file{/} identifies all
1737 the files in the filesystem to @command{tar}.
1738
1739 The distinction between file names and archive member names is especially
1740 important when shell globbing is used, and sometimes a source of confusion
1741 for newcomers. @xref{Wildcards}, for more information about globbing.
1742 The problem is that shells may only glob using existing files in the
1743 file system. Only @command{tar} itself may glob on archive members, so when
1744 needed, you must ensure that wildcard characters reach @command{tar} without
1745 being interpreted by the shell first. Using a backslash before @samp{*}
1746 or @samp{?}, or putting the whole argument between quotes, is usually
1747 sufficient for this.
1748
1749 Even if @var{name}s are often specified on the command line, they
1750 can also be read from a text file in the file system, using the
1751 @value{op-files-from} option.
1752
1753 If you don't use any file name arguments, @value{op-append},
1754 @value{op-delete} and @value{op-concatenate} will do nothing, while
1755 @value{op-create} will usually yield a diagnostic and inhibit @command{tar}
1756 execution. The other operations of @command{tar} (@value{op-list},
1757 @value{op-extract}, @value{op-compare}, and @value{op-update}) will act
1758 on the entire contents of the archive.
1759
1760 @cindex exit status
1761 @cindex return status
1762 Besides successful exits, @GNUTAR{} may fail for
1763 many reasons. Some reasons correspond to bad usage, that is, when the
1764 @command{tar} command is improperly written. Errors may be
1765 encountered later, while encountering an error processing the archive
1766 or the files. Some errors are recoverable, in which case the failure
1767 is delayed until @command{tar} has completed all its work. Some
1768 errors are such that it would not meaningful, or at least risky, to
1769 continue processing: @command{tar} then aborts processing immediately.
1770 All abnormal exits, whether immediate or delayed, should always be
1771 clearly diagnosed on @code{stderr}, after a line stating the nature of
1772 the error.
1773
1774 @GNUTAR{} returns only a few exit statuses. I'm really
1775 aiming simplicity in that area, for now. If you are not using the
1776 @value{op-compare} option, zero means that everything went well, besides
1777 maybe innocuous warnings. Nonzero means that something went wrong.
1778 Right now, as of today, ``nonzero'' is almost always 2, except for
1779 remote operations, where it may be 128.
1780
1781 @node using tar options
1782 @section Using @command{tar} Options
1783
1784 @GNUTAR{} has a total of eight operating modes which
1785 allow you to perform a variety of tasks. You are required to choose
1786 one operating mode each time you employ the @command{tar} program by
1787 specifying one, and only one operation as an argument to the
1788 @command{tar} command (two lists of four operations each may be found
1789 at @ref{frequent operations} and @ref{Operations}). Depending on
1790 circumstances, you may also wish to customize how the chosen operating
1791 mode behaves. For example, you may wish to change the way the output
1792 looks, or the format of the files that you wish to archive may require
1793 you to do something special in order to make the archive look right.
1794
1795 You can customize and control @command{tar}'s performance by running
1796 @command{tar} with one or more options (such as @value{op-verbose}, which
1797 we used in the tutorial). As we said in the tutorial, @dfn{options} are
1798 arguments to @command{tar} which are (as their name suggests) optional.
1799 Depending on the operating mode, you may specify one or more options.
1800 Different options will have different effects, but in general they all
1801 change details of the operation, such as archive format, archive name,
1802 or level of user interaction. Some options make sense with all
1803 operating modes, while others are meaningful only with particular modes.
1804 You will likely use some options frequently, while you will only use
1805 others infrequently, or not at all. (A full list of options is
1806 available in @pxref{All Options}.)
1807
1808 The @env{TAR_OPTIONS} environment variable specifies default options to
1809 be placed in front of any explicit options. For example, if
1810 @code{TAR_OPTIONS} is @samp{-v --unlink-first}, @command{tar} behaves as
1811 if the two options @option{-v} and @option{--unlink-first} had been
1812 specified before any explicit options. Option specifications are
1813 separated by whitespace. A backslash escapes the next character, so it
1814 can be used to specify an option containing whitespace or a backslash.
1815
1816 Note that @command{tar} options are case sensitive. For example, the
1817 options @option{-T} and @option{-t} are different; the first requires an
1818 argument for stating the name of a file providing a list of @var{name}s,
1819 while the second does not require an argument and is another way to
1820 write @value{op-list}.
1821
1822 In addition to the eight operations, there are many options to
1823 @command{tar}, and three different styles for writing both: long (mnemonic)
1824 form, short form, and old style. These styles are discussed below.
1825 Both the options and the operations can be written in any of these three
1826 styles.
1827
1828 @FIXME{menu at end of this node. need to think of an actual outline
1829 for this chapter; probably do that after stuff from chapter 4 is
1830 incorporated.}
1831
1832 @node Styles
1833 @section The Three Option Styles
1834
1835 There are three styles for writing operations and options to the command
1836 line invoking @command{tar}. The different styles were developed at
1837 different times during the history of @command{tar}. These styles will be
1838 presented below, from the most recent to the oldest.
1839
1840 Some options must take an argument. (For example, @value{op-file} takes
1841 the name of an archive file as an argument. If you do not supply an
1842 archive file name, @command{tar} will use a default, but this can be
1843 confusing; thus, we recommend that you always supply a specific archive
1844 file name.) Where you @emph{place} the arguments generally depends on
1845 which style of options you choose. We will detail specific information
1846 relevant to each option style in the sections on the different option
1847 styles, below. The differences are subtle, yet can often be very
1848 important; incorrect option placement can cause you to overwrite a
1849 number of important files. We urge you to note these differences, and
1850 only use the option style(s) which makes the most sense to you until you
1851 feel comfortable with the others.
1852
1853 Some options @emph{may} take an argument (currently, there are
1854 two such options: @value{op-backup} and @value{op-occurrence}). Such
1855 options may have at most long and short forms, they do not have old style
1856 equivalent. The rules for specifying an argument for such options
1857 are stricter than those for specifying mandatory arguments. Please,
1858 pay special attention to them.
1859
1860 @menu
1861 * Mnemonic Options:: Mnemonic Option Style
1862 * Short Options:: Short Option Style
1863 * Old Options:: Old Option Style
1864 * Mixing:: Mixing Option Styles
1865 @end menu
1866
1867 @node Mnemonic Options
1868 @subsection Mnemonic Option Style
1869
1870 @FIXME{have to decide whether or not to replace other occurrences of
1871 "mnemonic" with "long", or *ugh* vice versa.}
1872
1873 Each option has at least one long (or mnemonic) name starting with two
1874 dashes in a row, e.g., @option{--list}. The long names are more clear than
1875 their corresponding short or old names. It sometimes happens that a
1876 single mnemonic option has many different different names which are
1877 synonymous, such as @option{--compare} and @option{--diff}. In addition,
1878 long option names can be given unique abbreviations. For example,
1879 @option{--cre} can be used in place of @option{--create} because there is no
1880 other mnemonic option which begins with @samp{cre}. (One way to find
1881 this out is by trying it and seeing what happens; if a particular
1882 abbreviation could represent more than one option, @command{tar} will tell
1883 you that that abbreviation is ambiguous and you'll know that that
1884 abbreviation won't work. You may also choose to run @samp{tar --help}
1885 to see a list of options. Be aware that if you run @command{tar} with a
1886 unique abbreviation for the long name of an option you didn't want to
1887 use, you are stuck; @command{tar} will perform the command as ordered.)
1888
1889 Mnemonic options are meant to be obvious and easy to remember, and their
1890 meanings are generally easier to discern than those of their
1891 corresponding short options (see below). For example:
1892
1893 @smallexample
1894 $ @kbd{tar --create --verbose --blocking-factor=20 --file=/dev/rmt0}
1895 @end smallexample
1896
1897 @noindent
1898 gives a fairly good set of hints about what the command does, even
1899 for those not fully acquainted with @command{tar}.
1900
1901 Mnemonic options which require arguments take those arguments
1902 immediately following the option name. There are two ways of
1903 specifying a mandatory argument. It can be separated from the
1904 option name either by an equal sign, or by any amount of
1905 white space characters. For example, the @option{--file} option (which
1906 tells the name of the @command{tar} archive) is given a file such as
1907 @file{archive.tar} as argument by using any of the following notations:
1908 @option{--file=archive.tar} or @option{--file archive.tar}.
1909
1910 In contrast, optional arguments must always be introduced using
1911 an equal sign. For example, the @option{--backup} option takes
1912 an optional argument specifying backup type. It must be used
1913 as @option{--backup=@var{backup-type}}.
1914
1915 @node Short Options
1916 @subsection Short Option Style
1917
1918 Most options also have a short option name. Short options start with
1919 a single dash, and are followed by a single character, e.g., @option{-t}
1920 (which is equivalent to @option{--list}). The forms are absolutely
1921 identical in function; they are interchangeable.
1922
1923 The short option names are faster to type than long option names.
1924
1925 Short options which require arguments take their arguments immediately
1926 following the option, usually separated by white space. It is also
1927 possible to stick the argument right after the short option name, using
1928 no intervening space. For example, you might write @w{@option{-f
1929 archive.tar}} or @option{-farchive.tar} instead of using
1930 @option{--file=archive.tar}. Both @option{--file=@var{archive-name}} and
1931 @w{@option{-f @var{archive-name}}} denote the option which indicates a
1932 specific archive, here named @file{archive.tar}.
1933
1934 Short options which take optional arguments take their arguments
1935 immediately following the option letter, @emph{without any intervening
1936 white space characters}.
1937
1938 Short options' letters may be clumped together, but you are not
1939 required to do this (as compared to old options; see below). When
1940 short options are clumped as a set, use one (single) dash for them
1941 all, e.g., @w{@samp{@command{tar} -cvf}}. Only the last option in
1942 such a set is allowed to have an argument@footnote{Clustering many
1943 options, the last of which has an argument, is a rather opaque way to
1944 write options. Some wonder if @acronym{GNU} @code{getopt} should not
1945 even be made helpful enough for considering such usages as invalid.}.
1946
1947 When the options are separated, the argument for each option which requires
1948 an argument directly follows that option, as is usual for Unix programs.
1949 For example:
1950
1951 @smallexample
1952 $ @kbd{tar -c -v -b 20 -f /dev/rmt0}
1953 @end smallexample
1954
1955 If you reorder short options' locations, be sure to move any arguments
1956 that belong to them. If you do not move the arguments properly, you may
1957 end up overwriting files.
1958
1959 @node Old Options
1960 @subsection Old Option Style
1961 @UNREVISED
1962
1963 Like short options, old options are single letters. However, old options
1964 must be written together as a single clumped set, without spaces separating
1965 them or dashes preceding them@footnote{Beware that if you precede options
1966 with a dash, you are announcing the short option style instead of the
1967 old option style; short options are decoded differently.}. This set
1968 of letters must be the first to appear on the command line, after the
1969 @command{tar} program name and some white space; old options cannot appear
1970 anywhere else. The letter of an old option is exactly the same letter as
1971 the corresponding short option. For example, the old option @samp{t} is
1972 the same as the short option @option{-t}, and consequently, the same as the
1973 mnemonic option @option{--list}. So for example, the command @w{@samp{tar
1974 cv}} specifies the option @option{-v} in addition to the operation @option{-c}.
1975
1976 @FIXME{bob suggests having an uglier example. :-) }
1977
1978 When options that need arguments are given together with the command,
1979 all the associated arguments follow, in the same order as the options.
1980 Thus, the example given previously could also be written in the old
1981 style as follows:
1982
1983 @smallexample
1984 $ @kbd{tar cvbf 20 /dev/rmt0}
1985 @end smallexample
1986
1987 @noindent
1988 Here, @samp{20} is the argument of @option{-b} and @samp{/dev/rmt0} is
1989 the argument of @option{-f}.
1990
1991 On the other hand, this old style syntax makes it difficult to match
1992 option letters with their corresponding arguments, and is often
1993 confusing. In the command @w{@samp{tar cvbf 20 /dev/rmt0}}, for example,
1994 @samp{20} is the argument for @option{-b}, @samp{/dev/rmt0} is the
1995 argument for @option{-f}, and @option{-v} does not have a corresponding
1996 argument. Even using short options like in @w{@samp{tar -c -v -b 20 -f
1997 /dev/rmt0}} is clearer, putting all arguments next to the option they
1998 pertain to.
1999
2000 If you want to reorder the letters in the old option argument, be
2001 sure to reorder any corresponding argument appropriately.
2002
2003 This old way of writing @command{tar} options can surprise even experienced
2004 users. For example, the two commands:
2005
2006 @smallexample
2007 @kbd{tar cfz archive.tar.gz file}
2008 @kbd{tar -cfz archive.tar.gz file}
2009 @end smallexample
2010
2011 @noindent
2012 are quite different. The first example uses @file{archive.tar.gz} as
2013 the value for option @samp{f} and recognizes the option @samp{z}. The
2014 second example, however, uses @file{z} as the value for option
2015 @samp{f} --- probably not what was intended.
2016
2017 Old options are kept for compatibility with old versions of @command{tar}.
2018
2019 This second example could be corrected in many ways, among which the
2020 following are equivalent:
2021
2022 @smallexample
2023 @kbd{tar -czf archive.tar.gz file}
2024 @kbd{tar -cf archive.tar.gz -z file}
2025 @kbd{tar cf archive.tar.gz -z file}
2026 @end smallexample
2027
2028 @FIXME{still could explain this better; it's redundant:}
2029
2030 @cindex option syntax, traditional
2031 As far as we know, all @command{tar} programs, @acronym{GNU} and
2032 non-@acronym{GNU}, support old options. @GNUTAR{}
2033 supports them not only for historical reasons, but also because many
2034 people are used to them. For compatibility with Unix @command{tar},
2035 the first argument is always treated as containing command and option
2036 letters even if it doesn't start with @samp{-}. Thus, @samp{tar c} is
2037 equivalent to @w{@samp{tar -c}:} both of them specify the
2038 @value{op-create} command to create an archive.
2039
2040 @node Mixing
2041 @subsection Mixing Option Styles
2042
2043 All three styles may be intermixed in a single @command{tar} command,
2044 so long as the rules for each style are fully
2045 respected@footnote{Before @GNUTAR{} version 1.11.6,
2046 a bug prevented intermixing old style options with mnemonic options in
2047 some cases.}. Old style options and either of the modern styles of
2048 options may be mixed within a single @command{tar} command. However,
2049 old style options must be introduced as the first arguments only,
2050 following the rule for old options (old options must appear directly
2051 after the @command{tar} command and some white space). Modern options
2052 may be given only after all arguments to the old options have been
2053 collected. If this rule is not respected, a modern option might be
2054 falsely interpreted as the value of the argument to one of the old
2055 style options.
2056
2057 For example, all the following commands are wholly equivalent, and
2058 illustrate the many combinations and orderings of option styles.
2059
2060 @smallexample
2061 @kbd{tar --create --file=archive.tar}
2062 @kbd{tar --create -f archive.tar}
2063 @kbd{tar --create -farchive.tar}
2064 @kbd{tar --file=archive.tar --create}
2065 @kbd{tar --file=archive.tar -c}
2066 @kbd{tar -c --file=archive.tar}
2067 @kbd{tar -c -f archive.tar}
2068 @kbd{tar -c -farchive.tar}
2069 @kbd{tar -cf archive.tar}
2070 @kbd{tar -cfarchive.tar}
2071 @kbd{tar -f archive.tar --create}
2072 @kbd{tar -f archive.tar -c}
2073 @kbd{tar -farchive.tar --create}
2074 @kbd{tar -farchive.tar -c}
2075 @kbd{tar c --file=archive.tar}
2076 @kbd{tar c -f archive.tar}
2077 @kbd{tar c -farchive.tar}
2078 @kbd{tar cf archive.tar}
2079 @kbd{tar f archive.tar --create}
2080 @kbd{tar f archive.tar -c}
2081 @kbd{tar fc archive.tar}
2082 @end smallexample
2083
2084 On the other hand, the following commands are @emph{not} equivalent to
2085 the previous set:
2086
2087 @smallexample
2088 @kbd{tar -f -c archive.tar}
2089 @kbd{tar -fc archive.tar}
2090 @kbd{tar -fcarchive.tar}
2091 @kbd{tar -farchive.tarc}
2092 @kbd{tar cfarchive.tar}
2093 @end smallexample
2094
2095 @noindent
2096 These last examples mean something completely different from what the
2097 user intended (judging based on the example in the previous set which
2098 uses long options, whose intent is therefore very clear). The first
2099 four specify that the @command{tar} archive would be a file named
2100 @option{-c}, @samp{c}, @samp{carchive.tar} or @samp{archive.tarc},
2101 respectively. The first two examples also specify a single non-option,
2102 @var{name} argument having the value @samp{archive.tar}. The last
2103 example contains only old style option letters (repeating option
2104 @samp{c} twice), not all of which are meaningful (eg., @samp{.},
2105 @samp{h}, or @samp{i}), with no argument value. @FIXME{not sure i liked
2106 the first sentence of this paragraph..}
2107
2108 @node All Options
2109 @section All @command{tar} Options
2110
2111 The coming manual sections contain an alphabetical listing of all
2112 @command{tar} operations and options, with brief descriptions and cross
2113 references to more in-depth explanations in the body of the manual.
2114 They also contain an alphabetically arranged table of the short option
2115 forms with their corresponding long option. You can use this table as
2116 a reference for deciphering @command{tar} commands in scripts.
2117
2118 @menu
2119 * Operation Summary::
2120 * Option Summary::
2121 * Short Option Summary::
2122 @end menu
2123
2124 @node Operation Summary
2125 @subsection Operations
2126
2127 @table @option
2128
2129 @item --append
2130 @itemx -r
2131
2132 Appends files to the end of the archive. @xref{append}.
2133
2134 @item --catenate
2135 @itemx -A
2136
2137 Same as @option{--concatenate}. @xref{concatenate}.
2138
2139 @item --compare
2140 @itemx -d
2141
2142 Compares archive members with their counterparts in the file
2143 system, and reports differences in file size, mode, owner,
2144 modification date and contents. @xref{compare}.
2145
2146 @item --concatenate
2147 @itemx -A
2148
2149 Appends other @command{tar} archives to the end of the archive.
2150 @xref{concatenate}.
2151
2152 @item --create
2153 @itemx -c
2154
2155 Creates a new @command{tar} archive. @xref{create}.
2156
2157 @item --delete
2158
2159 Deletes members from the archive. Don't try this on a archive on a
2160 tape! @xref{delete}.
2161
2162 @item --diff
2163 @itemx -d
2164
2165 Same @option{--compare}. @xref{compare}.
2166
2167 @item --extract
2168 @itemx -x
2169
2170 Extracts members from the archive into the file system. @xref{extract}.
2171
2172 @item --get
2173 @itemx -x
2174
2175 Same as @option{--extract}. @xref{extract}.
2176
2177 @item --list
2178 @itemx -t
2179
2180 Lists the members in an archive. @xref{list}.
2181
2182 @item --update
2183 @itemx -u
2184
2185 @FIXME{It was: A combination of the @option{--compare} and
2186 @option{--append} operations. This is not true and rather misleading,
2187 as @value{op-compare} does a lot more than @value{op-update} for
2188 ensuring files are identical.} Adds files to the end of the archive,
2189 but only if they are newer than their counterparts already in the
2190 archive, or if they do not already exist in the archive.
2191 @xref{update}.
2192
2193 @end table
2194
2195 @node Option Summary
2196 @subsection @command{tar} Options
2197
2198 @table @option
2199
2200 @item --absolute-names
2201 @itemx -P
2202
2203 Normally when creating an archive, @command{tar} strips an initial
2204 @samp{/} from member names. This option disables that behavior.
2205 @xref{absolute}.
2206
2207 @item --after-date
2208
2209 (See @option{--newer}.) @FIXME-pxref{}
2210
2211 @item --anchored
2212 An exclude pattern must match an initial subsequence of the name's components.
2213 @FIXME-xref{}
2214
2215 @item --atime-preserve
2216
2217 Tells @command{tar} to preserve the access time field in a file's inode when
2218 reading it. Due to limitations in the @code{utimes} system call, the
2219 modification time field is also preserved, which may cause problems if
2220 the file is simultaneously being modified by another program.
2221 This option is incompatible with incremental backups, because
2222 preserving the access time involves updating the last-changed time.
2223 Also, this option does not work on files that you do not own,
2224 unless you're root.
2225 @FIXME-xref{}
2226
2227 @item --backup=@var{backup-type}
2228
2229 Rather than deleting files from the file system, @command{tar} will
2230 back them up using simple or numbered backups, depending upon
2231 @var{backup-type}. @FIXME-xref{}
2232
2233 @item --block-number
2234 @itemx -R
2235
2236 With this option present, @command{tar} prints error messages for read errors
2237 with the block number in the archive file. @FIXME-xref{}
2238
2239 @item --blocking-factor=@var{blocking}
2240 @itemx -b @var{blocking}
2241
2242 Sets the blocking factor @command{tar} uses to @var{blocking} x 512 bytes per
2243 record. @FIXME-xref{}
2244
2245 @item --bzip2
2246 @itemx -j
2247
2248 This option tells @command{tar} to read or write archives through
2249 @code{bzip2}. @FIXME-xref{}
2250
2251 @item --checkpoint
2252
2253 This option directs @command{tar} to print periodic checkpoint messages as it
2254 reads through the archive. Its intended for when you want a visual
2255 indication that @command{tar} is still running, but don't want to see
2256 @option{--verbose} output. @FIXME-xref{}
2257
2258 @item --check-links
2259 @itemx -l
2260 If this option was given, @command{tar} will check the number of links
2261 dumped for each processed file. If this number does not match the
2262 total number of hard links for the file, a warning message will be
2263 output.
2264
2265 Future versions will take @option{-l} as a short version of
2266 @option{--check-links}. However, current release still retains the old
2267 semantics for @option{-l}.
2268
2269 @xref{Current status}, for more information.
2270
2271 @item --compress
2272 @itemx --uncompress
2273 @itemx -Z
2274
2275 @command{tar} will use the @command{compress} program when reading or
2276 writing the archive. This allows you to directly act on archives
2277 while saving space. @FIXME-xref{}
2278
2279 @item --confirmation
2280
2281 (See @option{--interactive}.) @FIXME-pxref{}
2282
2283 @item --dereference
2284 @itemx -h
2285
2286 When creating a @command{tar} archive, @command{tar} will archive the
2287 file that a symbolic link points to, rather than archiving the
2288 symlink. @FIXME-xref{}
2289
2290 @item --directory=@var{dir}
2291 @itemx -C @var{dir}
2292
2293 When this option is specified, @command{tar} will change its current directory
2294 to @var{dir} before performing any operations. When this option is used
2295 during archive creation, it is order sensitive. @FIXME-xref{}
2296
2297 @item --exclude=@var{pattern}
2298
2299 When performing operations, @command{tar} will skip files that match
2300 @var{pattern}. @FIXME-xref{}
2301
2302 @item --exclude-from=@var{file}
2303 @itemx -X @var{file}
2304
2305 Similar to @option{--exclude}, except @command{tar} will use the list of
2306 patterns in the file @var{file}. @FIXME-xref{}
2307
2308 @item --exclude-caches
2309
2310 Automatically excludes all directories
2311 containing a cache directory tag. @FIXME-xref{}
2312
2313 @item --file=@var{archive}
2314 @itemx -f @var{archive}
2315
2316 @command{tar} will use the file @var{archive} as the @command{tar} archive it
2317 performs operations on, rather than @command{tar}'s compilation dependent
2318 default. @FIXME-xref{}
2319
2320 @item --files-from=@var{file}
2321 @itemx -T @var{file}
2322
2323 @command{tar} will use the contents of @var{file} as a list of archive members
2324 or files to operate on, in addition to those specified on the
2325 command-line. @FIXME-xref{}
2326
2327 @item --force-local
2328
2329 Forces @command{tar} to interpret the filename given to @option{--file}
2330 as a local file, even if it looks like a remote tape drive name.
2331 @FIXME-xref{}
2332
2333 @item --format=@var{format}
2334
2335 Selects output archive format. @var{Format} may be one of the
2336 following:
2337
2338 @table @samp
2339 @item v7
2340 Creates an archive that is compatible with Unix V7 @command{tar}.
2341
2342 @item oldgnu
2343 Creates an archive that is compatible with GNU @command{tar} version
2344 1.12 or earlier.
2345
2346 @item gnu
2347 Creates archive in GNU tar 1.13 format. Basically it is the same as
2348 @samp{oldgnu} with the only difference in the way it handles long
2349 numeric fields.
2350
2351 @item ustar
2352 Creates a @acronym{POSIX.1-1988} compatible archive.
2353
2354 @item posix
2355 Creates a @acronym{POSIX.1-2001 archive}.
2356
2357 @end table
2358
2359 @xref{Formats}, for a detailed discussion of these formats.
2360
2361 @item --group=@var{group}
2362
2363 Files added to the @command{tar} archive will have a group id of @var{group},
2364 rather than the group from the source file. @var{group} is first decoded
2365 as a group symbolic name, but if this interpretation fails, it has to be
2366 a decimal numeric group ID. @FIXME-xref{}
2367
2368 Also see the comments for the @value{op-owner} option.
2369
2370 @item --gzip
2371 @itemx --gunzip
2372 @itemx --ungzip
2373 @itemx -z
2374
2375 This option tells @command{tar} to read or write archives through
2376 @command{gzip}, allowing @command{tar} to directly operate on several
2377 kinds of compressed archives transparently. @FIXME-xref{}
2378
2379 @item --help
2380
2381 @command{tar} will print out a short message summarizing the operations and
2382 options to @command{tar} and exit. @FIXME-xref{}
2383
2384 @item --ignore-case
2385 Ignore case when excluding files.
2386 @FIXME-xref{}
2387
2388 @item --ignore-failed-read
2389
2390 Do not exit unsuccessfully merely because an unreadable file was encountered.
2391 @xref{Reading}.
2392
2393 @item --ignore-zeros
2394 @itemx -i
2395
2396 With this option, @command{tar} will ignore zeroed blocks in the
2397 archive, which normally signals EOF. @xref{Reading}.
2398
2399 @item --incremental
2400 @itemx -G
2401
2402 Used to inform @command{tar} that it is working with an old
2403 @acronym{GNU}-format incremental backup archive. It is intended
2404 primarily for backwards compatibility only. @FIXME{incremental and
2405 listed-incremental}.
2406
2407 @item --index-file=@var{file}
2408
2409 Send verbose output to @var{file} instead of to standard output.
2410
2411 @item --info-script=@var{script-file}
2412 @itemx --new-volume-script=@var{script-file}
2413 @itemx -F @var{script-file}
2414
2415 When @command{tar} is performing multi-tape backups, @var{script-file} is run
2416 at the end of each tape. If @var{script-file} exits with nonzero status,
2417 @command{tar} fails immediately. @FIXME-xref{}
2418
2419 @item --interactive
2420 @itemx --confirmation
2421 @itemx -w
2422
2423 Specifies that @command{tar} should ask the user for confirmation before
2424 performing potentially destructive options, such as overwriting files.
2425 @FIXME-xref{}
2426
2427 @item --keep-newer-files
2428
2429 Do not replace existing files that are newer than their archive copies
2430 when extracting files from an archive.
2431
2432 @item --keep-old-files
2433 @itemx -k
2434
2435 Do not overwrite existing files when extracting files from an archive.
2436 @xref{Writing}.
2437
2438 @item --label=@var{name}
2439 @itemx -V @var{name}
2440
2441 When creating an archive, instructs @command{tar} to write @var{name}
2442 as a name record in the archive. When extracting or listing archives,
2443 @command{tar} will only operate on archives that have a label matching
2444 the pattern specified in @var{name}. @FIXME-xref{}
2445
2446 @item --listed-incremental=@var{snapshot-file}
2447 @itemx -g @var{snapshot-file}
2448
2449 During a @option{--create} operation, specifies that the archive that
2450 @command{tar} creates is a new @acronym{GNU}-format incremental
2451 backup, using @var{snapshot-file} to determine which files to backup.
2452 With other operations, informs @command{tar} that the archive is in
2453 incremental format. @FIXME{incremental and listed-incremental}.
2454
2455 @item --mode=@var{permissions}
2456
2457 When adding files to an archive, @command{tar} will use
2458 @var{permissions} for the archive members, rather than the permissions
2459 from the files. The program @command{chmod} and this @command{tar}
2460 option share the same syntax for what @var{permissions} might be.
2461 @xref{File permissions, Permissions, File permissions, fileutils,
2462 @acronym{GNU} file utilities}. This reference also has useful
2463 information for those not being overly familiar with the Unix
2464 permission system.
2465
2466 Of course, @var{permissions} might be plainly specified as an octal number.
2467 However, by using generic symbolic modifications to mode bits, this allows
2468 more flexibility. For example, the value @samp{a+rw} adds read and write
2469 permissions for everybody, while retaining executable bits on directories
2470 or on any other file already marked as executable.
2471
2472 @item --multi-volume
2473 @itemx -M
2474
2475 Informs @command{tar} that it should create or otherwise operate on a
2476 multi-volume @command{tar} archive. @FIXME-xref{}
2477
2478 @item --new-volume-script
2479
2480 (see --info-script)
2481
2482 @item -n
2483 @itemx --seek
2484
2485 Assume that the archive media supports seeks to arbitrary
2486 locations. Usually @command{tar} determines automatically whether
2487 the archive can be seeked or not. This option is intended for use
2488 in cases when such recognition fails.
2489
2490 @item --newer=@var{date}
2491 @itemx --after-date=@var{date}
2492 @itemx -N
2493
2494 When creating an archive, @command{tar} will only add files that have changed
2495 since @var{date}. If @var{date} begins with @samp{/} or @samp{.}, it
2496 is taken to be the name of a file whose last-modified time specifies
2497 the date. @FIXME-xref{}
2498
2499 @item --newer-mtime=@var{date}
2500
2501 Like @option{--newer}, but add only files whose
2502 contents have changed (as opposed to just @option{--newer}, which will
2503 also back up files for which any status information has changed).
2504
2505 @item --no-anchored
2506 An exclude pattern can match any subsequence of the name's components.
2507 @FIXME-xref{}
2508
2509 @item --no-ignore-case
2510 Use case-sensitive matching when excluding files.
2511 @FIXME-xref{}
2512
2513 @item --no-recursion
2514
2515 With this option, @command{tar} will not recurse into directories.
2516 @FIXME-xref{}
2517
2518 @item --no-same-owner
2519 @itemx -o
2520
2521 When extracting an archive, do not attempt to preserve the owner
2522 specified in the @command{tar} archive. This the default behavior
2523 for ordinary users.
2524
2525 @item --no-same-permissions
2526
2527 When extracting an archive, subtract the user's umask from files from
2528 the permissions specified in the archive. This is the default behavior
2529 for ordinary users.
2530
2531 @item --no-wildcards
2532 Do not use wildcards when excluding files.
2533 @FIXME-xref{}
2534
2535 @item --no-wildcards-match-slash
2536 Wildcards do not match @samp{/} when excluding files.
2537 @FIXME-xref{}
2538
2539 @item --null
2540
2541 When @command{tar} is using the @option{--files-from} option, this option
2542 instructs @command{tar} to expect filenames terminated with @option{NUL}, so
2543 @command{tar} can correctly work with file names that contain newlines.
2544 @FIXME-xref{}
2545
2546 @item --numeric-owner
2547
2548 This option will notify @command{tar} that it should use numeric user
2549 and group IDs when creating a @command{tar} file, rather than names.
2550 @FIXME-xref{}
2551
2552 @item -o
2553 When extracting files, this option is a synonym for
2554 @option{--no-same-owner}, i.e. it prevents @command{tar} from
2555 restoring ownership of files being extracted.
2556
2557 When creating an archive, @option{-o} is a synonym for
2558 @option{--old-archive}. This behavior is for compatibility
2559 with previous versions of @GNUTAR{}, and will be
2560 removed in the future releases.
2561
2562 @xref{Current status}, for more information.
2563
2564 @item --occurrence[=@var{number}]
2565
2566 This option can be used in conjunction with one of the subcommands
2567 @option{--delete}, @option{--diff}, @option{--extract} or
2568 @option{--list} when a list of files is given either on the command
2569 line or via @option{-T} option.
2570
2571 This option instructs @command{tar} to process only the @var{number}th
2572 occurrence of each named file. @var{Number} defaults to 1, so
2573
2574 @smallexample
2575 tar -x -f archive.tar --occurrence filename
2576 @end smallexample
2577
2578 @noindent
2579 will extract the first occurrence of @file{filename} from @file{archive.tar}
2580 and will terminate without scanning to the end of the archive.
2581
2582 @item --old-archive
2583 Synonym for @option{--format=v7}.
2584
2585 @item --one-file-system
2586 @itemx -l
2587 Used when creating an archive. Prevents @command{tar} from recursing into
2588 directories that are on different file systems from the current
2589 directory.
2590
2591 Earlier versions of @GNUTAR{} understood @option{-l} as a
2592 synonym for @option{--one-file-system}. Although such usage is still
2593 allowed in the present version, it is @emph{strongly discouraged}.
2594 The future versions of @GNUTAR{} will use @option{-l} as
2595 a synonym for @option{--check-links}.
2596
2597 @xref{Current status}, for more information.
2598
2599 @item --overwrite
2600
2601 Overwrite existing files and directory metadata when extracting files
2602 from an archive. @xref{Overwrite Old Files}.
2603
2604 @item --overwrite-dir
2605
2606 Overwrite the metadata of existing directories when extracting files
2607 from an archive. @xref{Overwrite Old Files}.
2608
2609 @item --owner=@var{user}
2610
2611 Specifies that @command{tar} should use @var{user} as the owner of members
2612 when creating archives, instead of the user associated with the source
2613 file. @var{user} is first decoded as a user symbolic name, but if
2614 this interpretation fails, it has to be a decimal numeric user ID.
2615 @FIXME-xref{}
2616
2617 There is no value indicating a missing number, and @samp{0} usually means
2618 @code{root}. Some people like to force @samp{0} as the value to offer in
2619 their distributions for the owner of files, because the @code{root} user is
2620 anonymous anyway, so that might as well be the owner of anonymous archives.
2621
2622 This option does not affect extraction from archives.
2623
2624 @item --pax-option=@var{keyword-list}
2625
2626 This option is meaningful only with @acronym{POSIX.1-2001} archives
2627 (@FIXME-xref{}). It modifies the way @command{tar} handles the
2628 extended header keywords. @var{Keyword-list} is a comma-separated
2629 list of keyword options, each keyword option taking one of
2630 the following forms:
2631
2632 @table @asis
2633 @item delete=@var{pattern}
2634 When used with one of archive-creation command (@FIXME-xref{}),
2635 this option instructs @command{tar} to omit from extended header records
2636 that it produces any keywords matching the string @var{pattern}.
2637
2638 When used in extract or list mode, this option instructs tar
2639 to ignore any keywords matching the given @var{pattern} in the extended
2640 header records. In both cases, matching is performed using the pattern
2641 matching notation described in @acronym{POSIX 1003.2}, 3.13 @FIXME-xref{see
2642 man 7 glob}. For example:
2643
2644 @smallexample
2645 --pax-option delete=security.*
2646 @end smallexample
2647
2648 would suppress security-related information.
2649
2650 @item exthdr.name=@var{string}
2651
2652 This keyword allows user control over the name that is written into the
2653 ustar header blocks for the extended headers. The name is obtained
2654 from @var{string} after substituting the following meta-characters:
2655
2656 @multitable @columnfractions .30 .70
2657 @headitem Meta-character @tab Replaced By
2658 @item %d @tab The directory name of the file, equivalent to the
2659 result of the @command{dirname} utility on the translated pathname.
2660 @item %f @tab The filename of the file, equivalent to the result
2661 of the @command{basename} utility on the translated pathname.
2662 @item %p @tab The process ID of the @command{tar} process.
2663 @item %% @tab A @samp{%} character.
2664 @end multitable
2665
2666 Any other @samp{%} characters in @var{string} produce undefined
2667 results.
2668
2669 If no option @samp{exthdr.name=string} is specified, @command{tar}
2670 will use the following default value:
2671
2672 @smallexample
2673 %d/PaxHeaders.%p/%f
2674 @end smallexample
2675
2676 @item globexthdr.name=@var{string}
2677 This keyword allows user control over the name that is written into
2678 the ustar header blocks for global extended header records. The name
2679 shall will be obtained from the contents of @var{string}, after the
2680 following character substitutions have been made:
2681
2682 @multitable @columnfractions .30 .70
2683 @headitem Meta-character @tab Replaced By
2684 @item %n @tab An integer that represents the
2685 sequence number of the global extended header record in the archive,
2686 starting at 1.
2687 @item %p @tab The process ID of the @command{tar} process.
2688 @item %% @tab A @samp{%} character.
2689 @end multitable
2690
2691 Any other @samp{%} characters in string produce undefined results.
2692
2693 If no option @samp{globexthdr.name=string} is specified, @command{tar}
2694 will use the following default value:
2695
2696 @smallexample
2697 $TMPDIR/GlobalHead.%p.%n
2698 @end smallexample
2699
2700 @noindent
2701 where @samp{$TMPDIR} represents the value of the @var{TMPDIR}
2702 environment variable. If @var{TMPDIR} is not set, @command{tar}
2703 uses @samp{/tmp}.
2704
2705 @item @var{keyword}=@var{value}
2706 When used with one of archive-creation commands, these keyword/value pairs
2707 will be included at the beginning of the archive in a global extended
2708 header record. When used with one of archive-reading commands,
2709 @command{tar} will behave as if it has encountered these keyword/value
2710 pairs at the beginning of the archive in a global extended header
2711 record.
2712
2713 @item @var{keyword}:=@var{value}
2714 When used with one of archive-creation commands, these keyword/value pairs
2715 will be included as records at the beginning of an extended header for
2716 each file. This is effectively equivalent to @var{keyword}=@var{value}
2717 form except that it creates no global extended header records.
2718
2719 When used with one of archive-reading commands, @command{tar} will
2720 behave as if these keyword/value pairs were included as records at the
2721 end of each extended header; thus, they will override any global or
2722 file-specific extended header record keywords of the same names.
2723 For example, in the command:
2724
2725 @smallexample
2726 tar --format=posix --create \
2727 --file archive --pax-option gname:=user .
2728 @end smallexample
2729
2730 the group name will be forced to a new value for all files
2731 stored in the archive.
2732 @end table
2733
2734 @item --portability
2735 @itemx --old-archive
2736 Synonym for @option{--format=v7}.
2737
2738 @item --posix
2739 Same as @option{--format=posix}.
2740
2741 @item --preserve
2742
2743 Synonymous with specifying both @option{--preserve-permissions} and
2744 @option{--same-order}. @FIXME-xref{}
2745
2746 @item --preserve-order
2747
2748 (See @option{--same-order}; @pxref{Reading}.)
2749
2750 @item --preserve-permissions
2751 @itemx --same-permissions
2752 @itemx -p
2753
2754 When @command{tar} is extracting an archive, it normally subtracts the
2755 users' umask from the permissions specified in the archive and uses
2756 that number as the permissions to create the destination file.
2757 Specifying this option instructs @command{tar} that it should use the
2758 permissions directly from the archive. @xref{Writing}.
2759
2760 @item --read-full-records
2761 @itemx -B
2762
2763 Specifies that @command{tar} should reblock its input, for reading
2764 from pipes on systems with buggy implementations. @xref{Reading}.
2765
2766 @item --record-size=@var{size}
2767
2768 Instructs @command{tar} to use @var{size} bytes per record when accessing the
2769 archive. @FIXME-xref{}
2770
2771 @item --recursion
2772
2773 With this option, @command{tar} recurses into directories.
2774 @FIXME-xref{}
2775
2776 @item --recursive-unlink
2777
2778 Remove existing
2779 directory hierarchies before extracting directories of the same name
2780 from the archive. @xref{Writing}.
2781
2782 @item --remove-files
2783
2784 Directs @command{tar} to remove the source file from the file system after
2785 appending it to an archive. @FIXME-xref{}
2786
2787 @item --rmt-command=@var{cmd}
2788
2789 Notifies @command{tar} that it should use @var{cmd} instead of
2790 the default @file{/usr/libexec/rmt} (@pxref{Remote Tape Server}).
2791
2792 @item --rsh-command=@var{cmd}
2793
2794 Notifies @command{tar} that is should use @var{cmd} to communicate with remote
2795 devices. @FIXME-xref{}
2796
2797 @item --same-order
2798 @itemx --preserve-order
2799 @itemx -s
2800
2801 This option is an optimization for @command{tar} when running on machines with
2802 small amounts of memory. It informs @command{tar} that the list of file
2803 arguments has already been sorted to match the order of files in the
2804 archive. @xref{Reading}.
2805
2806 @item --same-owner
2807
2808 When extracting an archive, @command{tar} will attempt to preserve the owner
2809 specified in the @command{tar} archive with this option present.
2810 This is the default behavior for the superuser; this option has an
2811 effect only for ordinary users. @FIXME-xref{}
2812
2813 @item --same-permissions
2814
2815 (See @option{--preserve-permissions}; @pxref{Writing}.)
2816
2817 @item --show-defaults
2818
2819 Displays the default options used by @command{tar} and exits
2820 successfully. This option is intended for use in shell scripts.
2821 Here is an example of what you can see using this option:
2822
2823 @smallexample
2824 $ tar --show-defaults
2825 --format=gnu -f- -b20
2826 @end smallexample
2827
2828 @item --show-omitted-dirs
2829
2830 Instructs @command{tar} to mention directories its skipping over when
2831 operating on a @command{tar} archive. @FIXME-xref{}
2832
2833 @item --show-stored-names
2834
2835 This option has effect only when used in conjunction with one of
2836 archive creation operations. It instructs tar to list the member names
2837 stored in the archive, as opposed to the actual file
2838 names. @xref{listing member and file names}.
2839
2840 @item --sparse
2841 @itemx -S
2842
2843 Invokes a @acronym{GNU} extension when adding files to an archive that handles
2844 sparse files efficiently. @FIXME-xref{}
2845
2846 @item --starting-file=@var{name}
2847 @itemx -K @var{name}
2848
2849 This option affects extraction only; @command{tar} will skip extracting
2850 files in the archive until it finds one that matches @var{name}.
2851 @xref{Scarce}.
2852
2853 @item --strip-components=@var{number}
2854 Strip given @var{number} of leading components from file names before
2855 extraction.@footnote{This option was called @option{--strip-path} in
2856 version 1.14.} For example, if archive @file{archive.tar} contained
2857 @file{/some/file/name}, then running
2858
2859 @smallexample
2860 tar --extract --file archive.tar --strip-components=2
2861 @end smallexample
2862
2863 @noindent
2864 would extracted this file to file @file{name}.
2865
2866 @item --suffix=@var{suffix}
2867
2868 Alters the suffix @command{tar} uses when backing up files from the default
2869 @samp{~}. @FIXME-xref{}
2870
2871 @item --tape-length=@var{num}
2872 @itemx -L @var{num}
2873
2874 Specifies the length of tapes that @command{tar} is writing as being
2875 @w{@var{num} x 1024} bytes long. @FIXME-xref{}
2876
2877 @item --test-label
2878
2879 Reads the volume label. If an argument is specified, test whether it
2880 matches the volume label. @xref{--test-label option}.
2881
2882 @item --to-stdout
2883 @itemx -O
2884
2885 During extraction, @command{tar} will extract files to stdout rather
2886 than to the file system. @xref{Writing}.
2887
2888 @item --totals
2889
2890 Displays the total number of bytes written after creating an archive.
2891 @FIXME-xref{}
2892
2893 @item --touch
2894 @itemx -m
2895
2896 Sets the modification time of extracted files to the extraction time,
2897 rather than the modification time stored in the archive.
2898 @xref{Writing}.
2899
2900 @item --uncompress
2901
2902 (See @option{--compress}.) @FIXME-pxref{}
2903
2904 @item --ungzip
2905
2906 (See @option{--gzip}.) @FIXME-pxref{}
2907
2908 @item --unlink-first
2909 @itemx -U
2910
2911 Directs @command{tar} to remove the corresponding file from the file
2912 system before extracting it from the archive. @xref{Writing}.
2913
2914 @item --use-compress-program=@var{prog}
2915
2916 Instructs @command{tar} to access the archive through @var{prog}, which is
2917 presumed to be a compression program of some sort. @FIXME-xref{}
2918
2919 @item --utc
2920
2921 Display file modification dates in @acronym{UTC}. This option implies
2922 @option{--verbose}.
2923
2924 @item --verbose
2925 @itemx -v
2926
2927 Specifies that @command{tar} should be more verbose about the operations its
2928 performing. This option can be specified multiple times for some
2929 operations to increase the amount of information displayed. @FIXME-xref{}
2930
2931 @item --verify
2932 @itemx -W
2933
2934 Verifies that the archive was correctly written when creating an
2935 archive. @FIXME-xref{}
2936
2937 @item --version
2938
2939 @command{tar} will print an informational message about what version
2940 it is and a copyright message, some credits, and then exit.
2941 @FIXME-xref{}
2942
2943 @item --volno-file=@var{file}
2944
2945 Used in conjunction with @option{--multi-volume}. @command{tar} will keep track
2946 of which volume of a multi-volume archive its working in @var{file}.
2947 @FIXME-xref{}
2948
2949 @item --wildcards
2950 Use wildcards when excluding files.
2951 @FIXME-xref{}
2952
2953 @item --wildcards-match-slash
2954 Wildcards match @samp{/} when excluding files.
2955 @FIXME-xref{}
2956 @end table
2957
2958 @node Short Option Summary
2959 @subsection Short Options Cross Reference
2960
2961 Here is an alphabetized list of all of the short option forms, matching
2962 them with the equivalent long option.
2963
2964 @table @option
2965
2966 @item -A
2967
2968 @option{--concatenate}
2969
2970 @item -B
2971
2972 @option{--read-full-records}
2973
2974 @item -C
2975
2976 @option{--directory}
2977
2978 @item -F
2979
2980 @option{--info-script}
2981
2982 @item -G
2983
2984 @option{--incremental}
2985
2986 @item -K
2987
2988 @option{--starting-file}
2989
2990 @item -L
2991
2992 @option{--tape-length}
2993
2994 @item -M
2995
2996 @option{--multi-volume}
2997
2998 @item -N
2999
3000 @option{--newer}
3001
3002 @item -O
3003
3004 @option{--to-stdout}
3005
3006 @item -P
3007
3008 @option{--absolute-names}
3009
3010 @item -R
3011
3012 @option{--block-number}
3013
3014 @item -S
3015
3016 @option{--sparse}
3017
3018 @item -T
3019
3020 @option{--files-from}
3021
3022 @item -U
3023
3024 @option{--unlink-first}
3025
3026 @item -V
3027
3028 @option{--label}
3029
3030 @item -W
3031
3032 @option{--verify}
3033
3034 @item -X
3035
3036 @option{--exclude-from}
3037
3038 @item -Z
3039
3040 @option{--compress}
3041
3042 @item -b
3043
3044 @option{--blocking-factor}
3045
3046 @item -c
3047
3048 @option{--create}
3049
3050 @item -d
3051
3052 @option{--compare}
3053
3054 @item -f
3055
3056 @option{--file}
3057
3058 @item -g
3059
3060 @option{--listed-incremental}
3061
3062 @item -h
3063
3064 @option{--dereference}
3065
3066 @item -i
3067
3068 @option{--ignore-zeros}
3069
3070 @item -j
3071
3072 @option{--bzip2}
3073
3074 @item -k
3075
3076 @option{--keep-old-files}
3077
3078 @item -l
3079
3080 @option{--one-file-system}. Use of this short option is deprecated. It
3081 is retained for compatibility with the earlier versions of GNU
3082 @command{tar}, and will be changed in future releases.
3083
3084 @xref{Current status}, for more information.
3085
3086 @item -m
3087
3088 @option{--touch}
3089
3090 @item -o
3091
3092 When creating --- @option{--no-same-owner}, when extracting ---
3093 @option{--portability}.
3094
3095 The later usage is deprecated. It is retained for compatibility with
3096 the earlier versions of @GNUTAR{}. In the future releases
3097 @option{-o} will be equivalent to @option{--no-same-owner} only.
3098
3099 @item -p
3100
3101 @option{--preserve-permissions}
3102
3103 @item -r
3104
3105 @option{--append}
3106
3107 @item -s
3108
3109 @option{--same-order}
3110
3111 @item -t
3112
3113 @option{--list}
3114
3115 @item -u
3116
3117 @option{--update}
3118
3119 @item -v
3120
3121 @option{--verbose}
3122
3123 @item -w
3124
3125 @option{--interactive}
3126
3127 @item -x
3128
3129 @option{--extract}
3130
3131 @item -z
3132
3133 @option{--gzip}
3134
3135 @end table
3136
3137 @node help
3138 @section @GNUTAR{} documentation
3139
3140 Being careful, the first thing is really checking that you are using
3141 @GNUTAR{}, indeed. The @value{op-version} option
3142 will generate a message giving confirmation that you are using
3143 @GNUTAR{}, with the precise version of @GNUTAR{}
3144 you are using. @command{tar} identifies itself and
3145 prints the version number to the standard output, then immediately
3146 exits successfully, without doing anything else, ignoring all other
3147 options. For example, @w{@samp{tar --version}} might return:
3148
3149 @smallexample
3150 tar (@acronym{GNU} tar) @value{VERSION}
3151 @end smallexample
3152
3153 @noindent
3154 The first occurrence of @samp{tar} in the result above is the program
3155 name in the package (for example, @command{rmt} is another program),
3156 while the second occurrence of @samp{tar} is the name of the package
3157 itself, containing possibly many programs. The package is currently
3158 named @samp{tar}, after the name of the main program it
3159 contains@footnote{There are plans to merge the @command{cpio} and
3160 @command{tar} packages into a single one which would be called
3161 @code{paxutils}. So, who knows if, one of this days, the
3162 @value{op-version} would not yield @w{@samp{tar (@acronym{GNU}
3163 paxutils) 3.2}}}.
3164
3165 Another thing you might want to do is checking the spelling or meaning
3166 of some particular @command{tar} option, without resorting to this
3167 manual, for once you have carefully read it. @GNUTAR{}
3168 has a short help feature, triggerable through the
3169 @value{op-help} option. By using this option, @command{tar} will
3170 print a usage message listing all available options on standard
3171 output, then exit successfully, without doing anything else and
3172 ignoring all other options. Even if this is only a brief summary, it
3173 may be several screens long. So, if you are not using some kind of
3174 scrollable window, you might prefer to use something like:
3175
3176 @smallexample
3177 $ @kbd{tar --help | less}
3178 @end smallexample
3179
3180 @noindent
3181 presuming, here, that you like using @command{less} for a pager. Other
3182 popular pagers are @command{more} and @command{pg}. If you know about some
3183 @var{keyword} which interests you and do not want to read all the
3184 @value{op-help} output, another common idiom is doing:
3185
3186 @smallexample
3187 tar --help | grep @var{keyword}
3188 @end smallexample
3189
3190 @noindent
3191 for getting only the pertinent lines.
3192
3193 The perceptive reader would have noticed some contradiction in the
3194 previous paragraphs. It is written that both @value{op-version} and
3195 @value{op-help} print something, and have all other options ignored. In
3196 fact, they cannot ignore each other, and one of them has to win. We do
3197 not specify which is stronger, here; experiment if you really wonder!
3198
3199 The short help output is quite succinct, and you might have to get
3200 back to the full documentation for precise points. If you are reading
3201 this paragraph, you already have the @command{tar} manual in some
3202 form. This manual is available in printed form, as a kind of small
3203 book. It may printed out of the @GNUTAR{}
3204 distribution, provided you have @TeX{} already installed somewhere,
3205 and a laser printer around. Just configure the distribution, execute
3206 the command @w{@samp{make dvi}}, then print @file{doc/tar.dvi} the
3207 usual way (contact your local guru to know how). If @GNUTAR{}
3208 has been conveniently installed at your place, this
3209 manual is also available in interactive, hypertextual form as an Info
3210 file. Just call @w{@samp{info tar}} or, if you do not have the
3211 @command{info} program handy, use the Info reader provided within
3212 @acronym{GNU} Emacs, calling @samp{tar} from the main Info menu.
3213
3214 There is currently no @code{man} page for @GNUTAR{}.
3215 If you observe such a @code{man} page on the system you are running,
3216 either it does not long to @GNUTAR{}, or it has not
3217 been produced by @acronym{GNU}. Currently, @GNUTAR{}
3218 documentation is provided in Texinfo format only, if we
3219 except, of course, the short result of @kbd{tar --help}.
3220
3221 @node verbose
3222 @section Checking @command{tar} progress
3223
3224 @cindex Progress information
3225 @cindex Status information
3226 @cindex Information on progress and status of operations
3227 @cindex Verbose operation
3228 @cindex Block number where error occurred
3229 @cindex Error message, block number of
3230 @cindex Version of the @command{tar} program
3231
3232 @cindex Getting more information during the operation
3233 @cindex Information during operation
3234 @cindex Feedback from @command{tar}
3235
3236 Typically, @command{tar} performs most operations without reporting any
3237 information to the user except error messages. When using @command{tar}
3238 with many options, particularly ones with complicated or
3239 difficult-to-predict behavior, it is possible to make serious mistakes.
3240 @command{tar} provides several options that make observing @command{tar}
3241 easier. These options cause @command{tar} to print information as it
3242 progresses in its job, and you might want to use them just for being
3243 more careful about what is going on, or merely for entertaining
3244 yourself. If you have encountered a problem when operating on an
3245 archive, however, you may need more information than just an error
3246 message in order to solve the problem. The following options can be
3247 helpful diagnostic tools.
3248
3249 Normally, the @value{op-list} command to list an archive prints just
3250 the file names (one per line) and the other commands are silent.
3251 When used with most operations, the @value{op-verbose} option causes
3252 @command{tar} to print the name of each file or archive member as it
3253 is processed. This and the other options which make @command{tar} print
3254 status information can be useful in monitoring @command{tar}.
3255
3256 With @value{op-create} or @value{op-extract}, @value{op-verbose} used once
3257 just prints the names of the files or members as they are processed.
3258 Using it twice causes @command{tar} to print a longer listing (reminiscent
3259 of @samp{ls -l}) for each member. Since @value{op-list} already prints
3260 the names of the members, @value{op-verbose} used once with @value{op-list}
3261 causes @command{tar} to print an @samp{ls -l} type listing of the files
3262 in the archive. The following examples both extract members with
3263 long list output:
3264
3265 @smallexample
3266 $ @kbd{tar --extract --file=archive.tar --verbose --verbose}
3267 $ @kbd{tar xvvf archive.tar}
3268 @end smallexample
3269
3270 Verbose output appears on the standard output except when an archive is
3271 being written to the standard output, as with @samp{tar --create
3272 --file=- --verbose} (@samp{tar cfv -}, or even @samp{tar cv}---if the
3273 installer let standard output be the default archive). In that case
3274 @command{tar} writes verbose output to the standard error stream.
3275
3276 If @option{--index-file=@var{file}} is specified, @command{tar} sends
3277 verbose output to @var{file} rather than to standard output or standard
3278 error.
3279
3280 The @value{op-totals} option---which is only meaningful when used with
3281 @value{op-create}---causes @command{tar} to print the total
3282 amount written to the archive, after it has been fully created.
3283
3284 The @value{op-checkpoint} option prints an occasional message
3285 as @command{tar} reads or writes the archive. In fact, it prints
3286 a message each 10 records read or written. It is designed for
3287 those who don't need the more detailed (and voluminous) output of
3288 @value{op-block-number}, but do want visual confirmation that @command{tar}
3289 is actually making forward progress.
3290
3291 @FIXME{There is some confusion here. It seems that -R once wrote a
3292 message at @samp{every} record read or written.}
3293
3294 The @value{op-show-omitted-dirs} option, when reading an archive---with
3295 @value{op-list} or @value{op-extract}, for example---causes a message
3296 to be printed for each directory in the archive which is skipped.
3297 This happens regardless of the reason for skipping: the directory might
3298 not have been named on the command line (implicitly or explicitly),
3299 it might be excluded by the use of the @value{op-exclude} option, or
3300 some other reason.
3301
3302 If @value{op-block-number} is used, @command{tar} prints, along with
3303 every message it would normally produce, the block number within the
3304 archive where the message was triggered. Also, supplementary messages
3305 are triggered when reading blocks full of NULs, or when hitting end of
3306 file on the archive. As of now, if the archive if properly terminated
3307 with a NUL block, the reading of the file may stop before end of file
3308 is met, so the position of end of file will not usually show when
3309 @value{op-block-number} is used. Note that @GNUTAR{}
3310 drains the archive before exiting when reading the
3311 archive from a pipe.
3312
3313 This option is especially useful when reading damaged archives, since
3314 it helps pinpoint the damaged sections. It can also be used with
3315 @value{op-list} when listing a file-system backup tape, allowing you to
3316 choose among several backup tapes when retrieving a file later, in
3317 favor of the tape where the file appears earliest (closest to the
3318 front of the tape). @FIXME-xref{when the node name is set and the
3319 backup section written.}
3320
3321 @node interactive
3322 @section Asking for Confirmation During Operations
3323 @cindex Interactive operation
3324
3325 Typically, @command{tar} carries out a command without stopping for
3326 further instructions. In some situations however, you may want to
3327 exclude some files and archive members from the operation (for instance
3328 if disk or storage space is tight). You can do this by excluding
3329 certain files automatically (@pxref{Choosing}), or by performing
3330 an operation interactively, using the @value{op-interactive} option.
3331 @command{tar} also accepts @option{--confirmation} for this option.
3332
3333 When the @value{op-interactive} option is specified, before
3334 reading, writing, or deleting files, @command{tar} first prints a message
3335 for each such file, telling what operation it intends to take, then asks
3336 for confirmation on the terminal. The actions which require
3337 confirmation include adding a file to the archive, extracting a file
3338 from the archive, deleting a file from the archive, and deleting a file
3339 from disk. To confirm the action, you must type a line of input
3340 beginning with @samp{y}. If your input line begins with anything other
3341 than @samp{y}, @command{tar} skips that file.
3342
3343 If @command{tar} is reading the archive from the standard input,
3344 @command{tar} opens the file @file{/dev/tty} to support the interactive
3345 communications.
3346
3347 Verbose output is normally sent to standard output, separate from
3348 other error messages. However, if the archive is produced directly
3349 on standard output, then verbose output is mixed with errors on
3350 @code{stderr}. Producing the archive on standard output may be used
3351 as a way to avoid using disk space, when the archive is soon to be
3352 consumed by another process reading it, say. Some people felt the need
3353 of producing an archive on stdout, still willing to segregate between
3354 verbose output and error output. A possible approach would be using a
3355 named pipe to receive the archive, and having the consumer process to
3356 read from that named pipe. This has the advantage of letting standard
3357 output free to receive verbose output, all separate from errors.
3358
3359 @node operations
3360 @chapter @GNUTAR{} Operations
3361
3362 @menu
3363 * Basic tar::
3364 * Advanced tar::
3365 * create options::
3366 * extract options::
3367 * backup::
3368 * Applications::
3369 * looking ahead::
3370 @end menu
3371
3372 @node Basic tar
3373 @section Basic @GNUTAR{} Operations
3374
3375 The basic @command{tar} operations, @value{op-create}, @value{op-list} and
3376 @value{op-extract}, are currently presented and described in the tutorial
3377 chapter of this manual. This section provides some complementary notes
3378 for these operations.
3379
3380 @table @asis
3381 @item @value{op-create}
3382
3383 Creating an empty archive would have some kind of elegance. One can
3384 initialize an empty archive and later use @value{op-append} for adding
3385 all members. Some applications would not welcome making an exception
3386 in the way of adding the first archive member. On the other hand,
3387 many people reported that it is dangerously too easy for @command{tar}
3388 to destroy a magnetic tape with an empty archive@footnote{This is well
3389 described in @cite{Unix-haters Handbook}, by Simson Garfinkel, Daniel
3390 Weise & Steven Strassmann, IDG Books, ISBN 1-56884-203-1.}. The two most
3391 common errors are:
3392
3393 @enumerate
3394 @item
3395 Mistakingly using @code{create} instead of @code{extract}, when the
3396 intent was to extract the full contents of an archive. This error
3397 is likely: keys @kbd{c} and @kbd{x} are right next to each other on
3398 the QWERTY keyboard. Instead of being unpacked, the archive then
3399 gets wholly destroyed. When users speak about @dfn{exploding} an
3400 archive, they usually mean something else :-).
3401
3402 @item
3403 Forgetting the argument to @code{file}, when the intent was to create
3404 an archive with a single file in it. This error is likely because a
3405 tired user can easily add the @kbd{f} key to the cluster of option
3406 letters, by the mere force of habit, without realizing the full
3407 consequence of doing so. The usual consequence is that the single
3408 file, which was meant to be saved, is rather destroyed.
3409 @end enumerate
3410
3411 So, recognizing the likelihood and the catastrophical nature of these
3412 errors, @GNUTAR{} now takes some distance from elegance, and
3413 cowardly refuses to create an archive when @value{op-create} option is
3414 given, there are no arguments besides options, and @value{op-files-from}
3415 option is @emph{not} used. To get around the cautiousness of @GNUTAR{}
3416 and nevertheless create an archive with nothing in it,
3417 one may still use, as the value for the @value{op-files-from} option,
3418 a file with no names in it, as shown in the following commands:
3419
3420 @smallexample
3421 @kbd{tar --create --file=empty-archive.tar --files-from=/dev/null}
3422 @kbd{tar cfT empty-archive.tar /dev/null}
3423 @end smallexample
3424
3425 @item @value{op-extract}
3426
3427 A socket is stored, within a @GNUTAR{} archive, as a pipe.
3428
3429 @item @value{op-list}
3430
3431 @GNUTAR{} now shows dates as @samp{1996-08-30},
3432 while it used to show them as @samp{Aug 30 1996}. (One can revert to
3433 the old behavior by defining @code{USE_OLD_CTIME} in @file{src/list.c}
3434 before reinstalling.) But preferably, people should get used to ISO
3435 8601 dates. Local American dates should be made available again with
3436 full date localization support, once ready. In the meantime, programs
3437 not being localizable for dates should prefer international dates,
3438 that's really the way to go.
3439
3440 Look up @url{http://www.ft.uni-erlangen.de/~mskuhn/iso-time.html} if you
3441 are curious, it contains a detailed explanation of the ISO 8601 standard.
3442
3443 @end table
3444
3445 @node Advanced tar
3446 @section Advanced @GNUTAR{} Operations
3447
3448 Now that you have learned the basics of using @GNUTAR{}, you may want
3449 to learn about further ways in which @command{tar} can help you.
3450
3451 This chapter presents five, more advanced operations which you probably
3452 won't use on a daily basis, but which serve more specialized functions.
3453 We also explain the different styles of options and why you might want
3454 to use one or another, or a combination of them in your @command{tar}
3455 commands. Additionally, this chapter includes options which allow you to
3456 define the output from @command{tar} more carefully, and provide help and
3457 error correction in special circumstances.
3458
3459 @FIXME{check this after the chapter is actually revised to make sure
3460 it still introduces the info in the chapter correctly : ).}
3461
3462 @menu
3463 * Operations::
3464 * append::
3465 * update::
3466 * concatenate::
3467 * delete::
3468 * compare::
3469 @end menu
3470
3471 @node Operations
3472 @subsection The Five Advanced @command{tar} Operations
3473 @UNREVISED
3474
3475 In the last chapter, you learned about the first three operations to
3476 @command{tar}. This chapter presents the remaining five operations to
3477 @command{tar}: @option{--append}, @option{--update}, @option{--concatenate},
3478 @option{--delete}, and @option{--compare}.
3479
3480 You are not likely to use these operations as frequently as those
3481 covered in the last chapter; however, since they perform specialized
3482 functions, they are quite useful when you do need to use them. We
3483 will give examples using the same directory and files that you created
3484 in the last chapter. As you may recall, the directory is called
3485 @file{practice}, the files are @samp{jazz}, @samp{blues}, @samp{folk},
3486 @samp{rock}, and the two archive files you created are
3487 @samp{collection.tar} and @samp{music.tar}.
3488
3489 We will also use the archive files @samp{afiles.tar} and
3490 @samp{bfiles.tar}. @samp{afiles.tar} contains the members @samp{apple},
3491 @samp{angst}, and @samp{aspic}. @samp{bfiles.tar} contains the members
3492 @samp{./birds}, @samp{baboon}, and @samp{./box}.
3493
3494 Unless we state otherwise, all practicing you do and examples you follow
3495 in this chapter will take place in the @file{practice} directory that
3496 you created in the previous chapter; see @ref{prepare for examples}.
3497 (Below in this section, we will remind you of the state of the examples
3498 where the last chapter left them.)
3499
3500 The five operations that we will cover in this chapter are:
3501
3502 @table @option
3503 @item --append
3504 @itemx -r
3505 Add new entries to an archive that already exists.
3506 @item --update
3507 @itemx -r
3508 Add more recent copies of archive members to the end of an archive, if
3509 they exist.
3510 @item --concatenate
3511 @itemx --catenate
3512 @itemx -A
3513 Add one or more pre-existing archives to the end of another archive.
3514 @item --delete
3515 Delete items from an archive (does not work on tapes).
3516 @item --compare
3517 @itemx --diff
3518 @itemx -d
3519 Compare archive members to their counterparts in the file system.
3520 @end table
3521
3522 @node append
3523 @subsection How to Add Files to Existing Archives: @option{--append}
3524 @UNREVISED
3525
3526 If you want to add files to an existing archive, you don't need to
3527 create a new archive; you can use @value{op-append}. The archive must
3528 already exist in order to use @option{--append}. (A related operation
3529 is the @option{--update} operation; you can use this to add newer
3530 versions of archive members to an existing archive. To learn how to
3531 do this with @option{--update}, @pxref{update}.)
3532
3533 If you use @value{op-append} to add a file that has the same name as an
3534 archive member to an archive containing that archive member, then the
3535 old member is not deleted. What does happen, however, is somewhat
3536 complex. @command{tar} @emph{allows} you to have infinite number of files
3537 with the same name. Some operations treat these same-named members no
3538 differently than any other set of archive members: for example, if you
3539 view an archive with @value{op-list}, you will see all of those members
3540 listed, with their modification times, owners, etc.
3541
3542 Other operations don't deal with these members as perfectly as you might
3543 prefer; if you were to use @value{op-extract} to extract the archive,
3544 only the most recently added copy of a member with the same name as four
3545 other members would end up in the working directory. This is because
3546 @option{--extract} extracts an archive in the order the members appeared
3547 in the archive; the most recently archived members will be extracted
3548 last. Additionally, an extracted member will @emph{replace} a file of
3549 the same name which existed in the directory already, and @command{tar}
3550 will not prompt you about this@footnote{Unless you give it
3551 @option{--keep-old-files} option, or the disk copy is newer than the
3552 the one in the archive and you invoke @command{tar} with
3553 @option{--keep-newer-files} option}. Thus, only the most recently archived
3554 member will end up being extracted, as it will replace the one
3555 extracted before it, and so on.
3556
3557 There exists a special option that allows you to get around this
3558 behavior and extract (or list) only a particular copy of the file.
3559 This is @option{--occurrence} option. If you run @command{tar} with
3560 this option, it will extract only the first copy of the file. You
3561 may also give this option an argument specifying the number of
3562 copy to be extracted. Thus, for example if the archive
3563 @file{archive.tar} contained three copies of file @file{myfile}, then
3564 the command
3565
3566 @smallexample
3567 tar --extract --file archive.tar --occurrence=2 myfile
3568 @end smallexample
3569
3570 @noindent
3571 would extract only the second copy. @xref{Option Summary,---occurrence}, for the description of @value{op-occurrence} option.
3572
3573 @FIXME{ hag -- you might want to incorporate some of the above into the
3574 MMwtSN node; not sure. i didn't know how to make it simpler...
3575
3576 There are a few ways to get around this. (maybe xref Multiple Members
3577 with the Same Name.}
3578
3579 @cindex Members, replacing with other members
3580 @cindex Replacing members with other members
3581 If you want to replace an archive member, use @value{op-delete} to
3582 delete the member you want to remove from the archive, , and then use
3583 @option{--append} to add the member you want to be in the archive. Note
3584 that you can not change the order of the archive; the most recently
3585 added member will still appear last. In this sense, you cannot truly
3586 ``replace'' one member with another. (Replacing one member with another
3587 will not work on certain types of media, such as tapes; see @ref{delete}
3588 and @ref{Media}, for more information.)
3589
3590 @menu
3591 * appending files:: Appending Files to an Archive
3592 * multiple::
3593 @end menu
3594
3595 @node appending files
3596 @subsubsection Appending Files to an Archive
3597 @UNREVISED
3598 @cindex Adding files to an Archive
3599 @cindex Appending files to an Archive
3600 @cindex Archives, Appending files to
3601
3602 The simplest way to add a file to an already existing archive is the
3603 @value{op-append} operation, which writes specified files into the
3604 archive whether or not they are already among the archived files.
3605 When you use @option{--append}, you @emph{must} specify file name
3606 arguments, as there is no default. If you specify a file that already
3607 exists in the archive, another copy of the file will be added to the
3608 end of the archive. As with other operations, the member names of the
3609 newly added files will be exactly the same as their names given on the
3610 command line. The @value{op-verbose} option will print out the names
3611 of the files as they are written into the archive.
3612
3613 @option{--append} cannot be performed on some tape drives, unfortunately,
3614 due to deficiencies in the formats those tape drives use. The archive
3615 must be a valid @command{tar} archive, or else the results of using this
3616 operation will be unpredictable. @xref{Media}.
3617
3618 To demonstrate using @option{--append} to add a file to an archive,
3619 create a file called @file{rock} in the @file{practice} directory.
3620 Make sure you are in the @file{practice} directory. Then, run the
3621 following @command{tar} command to add @file{rock} to
3622 @file{collection.tar}:
3623
3624 @smallexample
3625 $ @kbd{tar --append --file=collection.tar rock}
3626 @end smallexample
3627
3628 @noindent
3629 If you now use the @value{op-list} operation, you will see that
3630 @file{rock} has been added to the archive:
3631
3632 @smallexample
3633 $ @kbd{tar --list --file=collection.tar}
3634 -rw-rw-rw- me user 28 1996-10-18 16:31 jazz
3635 -rw-rw-rw- me user 21 1996-09-23 16:44 blues
3636 -rw-rw-rw- me user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 folk
3637 -rw-rw-rw- me user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 rock
3638 @end smallexample
3639
3640 @FIXME{in theory, dan will (soon) try to turn this node into what it's
3641 title claims it will become...}
3642
3643 @node multiple
3644 @subsubsection Multiple Files with the Same Name
3645
3646 You can use @value{op-append} to add copies of files which have been
3647 updated since the archive was created. (However, we do not recommend
3648 doing this since there is another @command{tar} option called
3649 @option{--update}; @pxref{update} for more information. We describe this
3650 use of @option{--append} here for the sake of completeness.) @FIXME{is
3651 this really a good idea, to give this whole description for something
3652 which i believe is basically a Stupid way of doing something? certain
3653 aspects of it show ways in which tar is more broken than i'd personally
3654 like to admit to, specifically the last sentence. On the other hand, i
3655 don't think it's a good idea to be saying that we explicitly don't
3656 recommend using something, but i can't see any better way to deal with
3657 the situation.}When you extract the archive, the older version will be
3658 effectively lost. This works because files are extracted from an
3659 archive in the order in which they were archived. Thus, when the
3660 archive is extracted, a file archived later in time will replace a
3661 file of the same name which was archived earlier, even though the older
3662 version of the file will remain in the archive unless you delete all
3663 versions of the file.
3664
3665 Supposing you change the file @file{blues} and then append the changed
3666 version to @file{collection.tar}. As you saw above, the original
3667 @file{blues} is in the archive @file{collection.tar}. If you change the
3668 file and append the new version of the file to the archive, there will
3669 be two copies in the archive. When you extract the archive, the older
3670 version of the file will be extracted first, and then replaced by the
3671 newer version when it is extracted.
3672
3673 You can append the new, changed copy of the file @file{blues} to the
3674 archive in this way:
3675
3676 @smallexample
3677 $ @kbd{tar --append --verbose --file=collection.tar blues}
3678 blues
3679 @end smallexample
3680
3681 @noindent
3682 Because you specified the @option{--verbose} option, @command{tar} has
3683 printed the name of the file being appended as it was acted on. Now
3684 list the contents of the archive:
3685
3686 @smallexample
3687 $ @kbd{tar --list --verbose --file=collection.tar}
3688 -rw-rw-rw- me user 28 1996-10-18 16:31 jazz
3689 -rw-rw-rw- me user 21 1996-09-23 16:44 blues
3690 -rw-rw-rw- me user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 folk
3691 -rw-rw-rw- me user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 rock
3692 -rw-rw-rw- me user 58 1996-10-24 18:30 blues
3693 @end smallexample
3694
3695 @noindent
3696 The newest version of @file{blues} is now at the end of the archive
3697 (note the different creation dates and file sizes). If you extract
3698 the archive, the older version of the file @file{blues} will be
3699 replaced by the newer version. You can confirm this by extracting
3700 the archive and running @samp{ls} on the directory.
3701
3702 If you wish to extract the first occurrence of the file @file{blues}
3703 from the archive, use @value{op-occurrence} option, as shown in
3704 the following example:
3705
3706 @smallexample
3707 $ @kbd{tar --extract -vv --occurrence --file=collection.tar blues}
3708 -rw-rw-rw- me user 21 1996-09-23 16:44 blues
3709 @end smallexample
3710
3711 @xref{Writing}, for more information on @value{op-extract} and
3712 @xref{Option Summary, --occurrence}, for the description of
3713 @value{op-occurrence} option.
3714
3715 @node update
3716 @subsection Updating an Archive
3717 @UNREVISED
3718 @cindex Updating an archive
3719
3720 In the previous section, you learned how to use @value{op-append} to add
3721 a file to an existing archive. A related operation is
3722 @value{op-update}. The @option{--update} operation updates a @command{tar}
3723 archive by comparing the date of the specified archive members against
3724 the date of the file with the same name. If the file has been modified
3725 more recently than the archive member, then the newer version of the
3726 file is added to the archive (as with @value{op-append}).
3727
3728 Unfortunately, you cannot use @option{--update} with magnetic tape drives.
3729 The operation will fail.
3730
3731 @FIXME{other examples of media on which --update will fail? need to ask
3732 charles and/or mib/thomas/dave shevett..}
3733
3734 Both @option{--update} and @option{--append} work by adding to the end
3735 of the archive. When you extract a file from the archive, only the
3736 version stored last will wind up in the file system, unless you use
3737 the @value{op-backup} option. @FIXME-ref{Multiple Members with the
3738 Same Name}
3739
3740 @menu
3741 * how to update::
3742 @end menu
3743
3744 @node how to update
3745 @subsubsection How to Update an Archive Using @option{--update}
3746
3747 You must use file name arguments with the @value{op-update} operation.
3748 If you don't specify any files, @command{tar} won't act on any files and
3749 won't tell you that it didn't do anything (which may end up confusing
3750 you).
3751
3752 @FIXME{note: the above parenthetical added because in fact, this
3753 behavior just confused the author. :-) }
3754
3755 To see the @option{--update} option at work, create a new file,
3756 @file{classical}, in your practice directory, and some extra text to the
3757 file @file{blues}, using any text editor. Then invoke @command{tar} with
3758 the @samp{update} operation and the @value{op-verbose} option specified,
3759 using the names of all the files in the practice directory as file name
3760 arguments:
3761
3762 @smallexample
3763 $ @kbd{tar --update -v -f collection.tar blues folk rock classical}
3764 blues
3765 classical
3766 $
3767 @end smallexample
3768
3769 @noindent
3770 Because we have specified verbose mode, @command{tar} prints out the names
3771 of the files it is working on, which in this case are the names of the
3772 files that needed to be updated. If you run @samp{tar --list} and look
3773 at the archive, you will see @file{blues} and @file{classical} at its
3774 end. There will be a total of two versions of the member @samp{blues};
3775 the one at the end will be newer and larger, since you added text before
3776 updating it.
3777
3778 (The reason @command{tar} does not overwrite the older file when updating
3779 it is because writing to the middle of a section of tape is a difficult
3780 process. Tapes are not designed to go backward. @xref{Media}, for more
3781 information about tapes.
3782
3783 @value{op-update} is not suitable for performing backups for two
3784 reasons: it does not change directory content entries, and it
3785 lengthens the archive every time it is used. The @GNUTAR{}
3786 options intended specifically for backups are more
3787 efficient. If you need to run backups, please consult @ref{Backups}.
3788
3789 @node concatenate
3790 @subsection Combining Archives with @option{--concatenate}
3791
3792 @cindex Adding archives to an archive
3793 @cindex Concatenating Archives
3794 Sometimes it may be convenient to add a second archive onto the end of
3795 an archive rather than adding individual files to the archive. To add
3796 one or more archives to the end of another archive, you should use the
3797 @value{op-concatenate} operation.
3798
3799 To use @option{--concatenate}, name the archives to be concatenated on the
3800 command line. (Nothing happens if you don't list any.) The members,
3801 and their member names, will be copied verbatim from those archives. If
3802 this causes multiple members to have the same name, it does not delete
3803 any members; all the members with the same name coexist. @FIXME-ref{For
3804 information on how this affects reading the archive, Multiple
3805 Members with the Same Name.}
3806
3807 To demonstrate how @option{--concatenate} works, create two small archives
3808 called @file{bluesrock.tar} and @file{folkjazz.tar}, using the relevant
3809 files from @file{practice}:
3810
3811 @smallexample
3812 $ @kbd{tar -cvf bluesrock.tar blues rock}
3813 blues
3814 classical
3815 $ @kbd{tar -cvf folkjazz.tar folk jazz}
3816 folk
3817 jazz
3818 @end smallexample
3819
3820 @noindent
3821 If you like, You can run @samp{tar --list} to make sure the archives
3822 contain what they are supposed to:
3823
3824 @smallexample
3825 $ @kbd{tar -tvf bluesrock.tar}
3826 -rw-rw-rw- melissa user 105 1997-01-21 19:42 blues
3827 -rw-rw-rw- melissa user 33 1997-01-20 15:34 rock
3828 $ @kbd{tar -tvf folkjazz.tar}
3829 -rw-rw-rw- melissa user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 folk
3830 -rw-rw-rw- melissa user 65 1997-01-30 14:15 jazz
3831 @end smallexample
3832
3833 We can concatenate these two archives with @command{tar}:
3834
3835 @smallexample
3836 $ @kbd{cd ..}
3837 $ @kbd{tar --concatenate --file=bluesrock.tar jazzfolk.tar}
3838 @end smallexample
3839
3840 If you now list the contents of the @file{bluesclass.tar}, you will see
3841 that now it also contains the archive members of @file{jazzfolk.tar}:
3842
3843 @smallexample
3844 $ @kbd{tar --list --file=bluesrock.tar}
3845 blues
3846 rock
3847 jazz
3848 folk
3849 @end smallexample
3850
3851 When you use @option{--concatenate}, the source and target archives must
3852 already exist and must have been created using compatible format
3853 parameters. @FIXME-pxref{Matching Format Parameters}The new,
3854 concatenated archive will be called by the same name as the first
3855 archive listed on the command line. @FIXME{is there a way to specify a
3856 new name?}
3857
3858 Like @value{op-append}, this operation cannot be performed on some
3859 tape drives, due to deficiencies in the formats those tape drives use.
3860
3861 @cindex @code{concatenate} vs @command{cat}
3862 @cindex @command{cat} vs @code{concatenate}
3863 It may seem more intuitive to you to want or try to use @command{cat} to
3864 concatenate two archives instead of using the @option{--concatenate}
3865 operation; after all, @command{cat} is the utility for combining files.
3866
3867 However, @command{tar} archives incorporate an end-of-file marker which
3868 must be removed if the concatenated archives are to be read properly as
3869 one archive. @option{--concatenate} removes the end-of-archive marker
3870 from the target archive before each new archive is appended. If you use
3871 @command{cat} to combine the archives, the result will not be a valid
3872 @command{tar} format archive. If you need to retrieve files from an
3873 archive that was added to using the @command{cat} utility, use the
3874 @value{op-ignore-zeros} option. @xref{Ignore Zeros}, for further
3875 information on dealing with archives improperly combined using the
3876 @command{cat} shell utility.
3877
3878 @FIXME{this shouldn't go here. where should it go?} You must specify
3879 the source archives using @value{op-file} (@value{pxref-file}). If you
3880 do not specify the target archive, @command{tar} uses the value of the
3881 environment variable @env{TAPE}, or, if this has not been set, the
3882 default archive name.
3883
3884 @node delete
3885 @subsection Removing Archive Members Using @option{--delete}
3886 @UNREVISED
3887 @cindex Deleting files from an archive
3888 @cindex Removing files from an archive
3889
3890 You can remove members from an archive by using the @value{op-delete}
3891 option. Specify the name of the archive with @value{op-file} and then
3892 specify the names of the members to be deleted; if you list no member
3893 names, nothing will be deleted. The @value{op-verbose} option will
3894 cause @command{tar} to print the names of the members as they are deleted.
3895 As with @value{op-extract}, you must give the exact member names when
3896 using @samp{tar --delete}. @option{--delete} will remove all versions of
3897 the named file from the archive. The @option{--delete} operation can run
3898 very slowly.
3899
3900 Unlike other operations, @option{--delete} has no short form.
3901
3902 @cindex Tapes, using @option{--delete} and
3903 @cindex Deleting from tape archives
3904 This operation will rewrite the archive. You can only use
3905 @option{--delete} on an archive if the archive device allows you to
3906 write to any point on the media, such as a disk; because of this, it
3907 does not work on magnetic tapes. Do not try to delete an archive member
3908 from a magnetic tape; the action will not succeed, and you will be
3909 likely to scramble the archive and damage your tape. There is no safe
3910 way (except by completely re-writing the archive) to delete files from
3911 most kinds of magnetic tape. @xref{Media}.
3912
3913 To delete all versions of the file @file{blues} from the archive
3914 @file{collection.tar} in the @file{practice} directory, make sure you
3915 are in that directory, and then,
3916
3917 @smallexample
3918 $ @kbd{tar --list --file=collection.tar}
3919 blues
3920 folk
3921 jazz
3922 rock
3923 practice/blues
3924 practice/folk
3925 practice/jazz
3926 practice/rock
3927 practice/blues
3928 $ @kbd{tar --delete --file=collection.tar blues}
3929 $ @kbd{tar --list --file=collection.tar}
3930 folk
3931 jazz
3932 rock
3933 $
3934 @end smallexample
3935
3936 @FIXME{I changed the order of these nodes around and haven't had a chance
3937 to fix the above example's results, yet. I have to play with this and
3938 follow it and see what it actually does!}
3939
3940 The @value{op-delete} option has been reported to work properly when
3941 @command{tar} acts as a filter from @code{stdin} to @code{stdout}.
3942
3943 @node compare
3944 @subsection Comparing Archive Members with the File System
3945 @cindex Verifying the currency of an archive
3946 @UNREVISED
3947
3948 The @option{--compare} (@option{-d}), or @option{--diff} operation compares
3949 specified archive members against files with the same names, and then
3950 reports differences in file size, mode, owner, modification date and
3951 contents. You should @emph{only} specify archive member names, not file
3952 names. If you do not name any members, then @command{tar} will compare the
3953 entire archive. If a file is represented in the archive but does not
3954 exist in the file system, @command{tar} reports a difference.
3955
3956 You have to specify the record size of the archive when modifying an
3957 archive with a non-default record size.
3958
3959 @command{tar} ignores files in the file system that do not have
3960 corresponding members in the archive.
3961
3962 The following example compares the archive members @file{rock},
3963 @file{blues} and @file{funk} in the archive @file{bluesrock.tar} with
3964 files of the same name in the file system. (Note that there is no file,
3965 @file{funk}; @command{tar} will report an error message.)
3966
3967 @smallexample
3968 $ @kbd{tar --compare --file=bluesrock.tar rock blues funk}
3969 rock
3970 blues
3971 tar: funk not found in archive
3972 @end smallexample
3973
3974 @noindent
3975 @FIXME{what does this actually depend on? i'm making a guess,
3976 here.}Depending on the system where you are running @command{tar} and the
3977 version you are running, @command{tar} may have a different error message,
3978 such as:
3979
3980 @smallexample
3981 funk: does not exist
3982 @end smallexample
3983
3984 @FIXME-xref{somewhere, for more information about format parameters.
3985 Melissa says: such as "format variations"? But why? Clearly I don't
3986 get it yet; I'll deal when I get to that section.}
3987
3988 The spirit behind the @value{op-compare} option is to check whether the
3989 archive represents the current state of files on disk, more than validating
3990 the integrity of the archive media. For this later goal, @xref{verify}.
3991
3992 @node create options
3993 @section Options Used by @option{--create}
3994
3995 The previous chapter described the basics of how to use
3996 @value{op-create} to create an archive from a set of files.
3997 @xref{create}. This section described advanced options to be used with
3998 @option{--create}.
3999
4000 @menu
4001 * Ignore Failed Read::
4002 @end menu
4003
4004 @node Ignore Failed Read
4005 @subsection Ignore Fail Read
4006
4007 @table @option
4008 @item --ignore-failed-read
4009 Do not exit with nonzero on unreadable files or directories.
4010 @end table
4011
4012 @node extract options
4013 @section Options Used by @option{--extract}
4014 @UNREVISED
4015
4016 @FIXME{i need to get dan to go over these options with me and see if
4017 there's a better way of organizing them.}
4018
4019 The previous chapter showed how to use @value{op-extract} to extract
4020 an archive into the filesystem. Various options cause @command{tar} to
4021 extract more information than just file contents, such as the owner,
4022 the permissions, the modification date, and so forth. This section
4023 presents options to be used with @option{--extract} when certain special
4024 considerations arise. You may review the information presented in
4025 @ref{extract} for more basic information about the
4026 @option{--extract} operation.
4027
4028 @menu
4029 * Reading:: Options to Help Read Archives
4030 * Writing:: Changing How @command{tar} Writes Files
4031 * Scarce:: Coping with Scarce Resources
4032 @end menu
4033
4034 @node Reading
4035 @subsection Options to Help Read Archives
4036 @cindex Options when reading archives
4037 @cindex Reading incomplete records
4038 @cindex Records, incomplete
4039 @cindex End-of-archive entries, ignoring
4040 @cindex Ignoring end-of-archive entries
4041 @cindex Large lists of file names on small machines
4042 @cindex Small memory
4043 @cindex Running out of space
4044 @UNREVISED
4045
4046 Normally, @command{tar} will request data in full record increments from
4047 an archive storage device. If the device cannot return a full record,
4048 @command{tar} will report an error. However, some devices do not always
4049 return full records, or do not require the last record of an archive to
4050 be padded out to the next record boundary. To keep reading until you
4051 obtain a full record, or to accept an incomplete record if it contains
4052 an end-of-archive marker, specify the @value{op-read-full-records} option
4053 in conjunction with the @value{op-extract} or @value{op-list} operations.
4054 @value{xref-read-full-records}.
4055
4056 The @value{op-read-full-records} option is turned on by default when
4057 @command{tar} reads an archive from standard input, or from a remote
4058 machine. This is because on BSD Unix systems, attempting to read a
4059 pipe returns however much happens to be in the pipe, even if it is
4060 less than was requested. If this option were not enabled, @command{tar}
4061 would fail as soon as it read an incomplete record from the pipe.
4062
4063 If you're not sure of the blocking factor of an archive, you can
4064 read the archive by specifying @value{op-read-full-records} and
4065 @value{op-blocking-factor}, using a blocking factor larger than what the
4066 archive uses. This lets you avoid having to determine the blocking factor
4067 of an archive. @value{xref-blocking-factor}.
4068
4069 @menu
4070 * read full records::
4071 * Ignore Zeros::
4072 @end menu
4073
4074 @node read full records
4075 @unnumberedsubsubsec Reading Full Records
4076
4077 @FIXME{need sentence or so of intro here}
4078
4079 @table @option
4080 @item --read-full-records
4081 @item -B
4082 Use in conjunction with @value{op-extract} to read an archive which
4083 contains incomplete records, or one which has a blocking factor less
4084 than the one specified.
4085 @end table
4086
4087 @node Ignore Zeros
4088 @unnumberedsubsubsec Ignoring Blocks of Zeros
4089
4090 Normally, @command{tar} stops reading when it encounters a block of zeros
4091 between file entries (which usually indicates the end of the archive).
4092 @value{op-ignore-zeros} allows @command{tar} to completely read an archive
4093 which contains a block of zeros before the end (i.e., a damaged
4094 archive, or one that was created by concatenating several archives
4095 together).
4096
4097 The @value{op-ignore-zeros} option is turned off by default because many
4098 versions of @command{tar} write garbage after the end-of-archive entry,
4099 since that part of the media is never supposed to be read. @GNUTAR{}
4100 does not write after the end of an archive, but seeks to
4101 maintain compatiblity among archiving utilities.
4102
4103 @table @option
4104 @item --ignore-zeros
4105 @itemx -i
4106 To ignore blocks of zeros (i.e., end-of-archive entries) which may be
4107 encountered while reading an archive. Use in conjunction with
4108 @value{op-extract} or @value{op-list}.
4109 @end table
4110
4111 @node Writing
4112 @subsection Changing How @command{tar} Writes Files
4113 @cindex Overwriting old files, prevention
4114 @cindex Protecting old files
4115 @cindex Modification times of extracted files
4116 @cindex Permissions of extracted files
4117 @cindex Modes of extracted files
4118 @cindex Writing extracted files to standard output
4119 @cindex Standard output, writing extracted files to
4120 @UNREVISED
4121
4122 @FIXME{need to mention the brand new option, --backup}
4123
4124 @menu
4125 * Dealing with Old Files::
4126 * Overwrite Old Files::
4127 * Keep Old Files::
4128 * Keep Newer Files::
4129 * Unlink First::
4130 * Recursive Unlink::
4131 * Modification Times::
4132 * Setting Access Permissions::
4133 * Writing to Standard Output::
4134 * remove files::
4135 @end menu
4136
4137 @node Dealing with Old Files
4138 @unnumberedsubsubsec Options Controlling the Overwriting of Existing Files
4139
4140 When extracting files, if @command{tar} discovers that the extracted
4141 file already exists, it normally replaces the file by removing it before
4142 extracting it, to prevent confusion in the presence of hard or symbolic
4143 links. (If the existing file is a symbolic link, it is removed, not
4144 followed.) However, if a directory cannot be removed because it is
4145 nonempty, @command{tar} normally overwrites its metadata (ownership,
4146 permission, etc.). The @option{--overwrite-dir} option enables this
4147 default behavior. To be more cautious and preserve the metadata of
4148 such a directory, use the @option{--no-overwrite-dir} option.
4149
4150 To be even more cautious and prevent existing files from being replaced, use
4151 the @value{op-keep-old-files} option. It causes @command{tar} to refuse
4152 to replace or update a file that already exists, i.e., a file with the
4153 same name as an archive member prevents extraction of that archive
4154 member. Instead, it reports an error.
4155
4156 To be more aggressive about altering existing files, use the
4157 @value{op-overwrite} option. It causes @command{tar} to overwrite
4158 existing files and to follow existing symbolic links when extracting.
4159
4160 Some people argue that @GNUTAR{} should not hesitate
4161 to overwrite files with other files when extracting. When extracting
4162 a @command{tar} archive, they expect to see a faithful copy of the
4163 state of the filesystem when the archive was created. It is debatable
4164 that this would always be a proper behavior. For example, suppose one
4165 has an archive in which @file{usr/local} is a link to
4166 @file{usr/local2}. Since then, maybe the site removed the link and
4167 renamed the whole hierarchy from @file{/usr/local2} to
4168 @file{/usr/local}. Such things happen all the time. I guess it would
4169 not be welcome at all that @GNUTAR{} removes the
4170 whole hierarchy just to make room for the link to be reinstated
4171 (unless it @emph{also} simultaneously restores the full
4172 @file{/usr/local2}, of course!) @GNUTAR{} is indeed
4173 able to remove a whole hierarchy to reestablish a symbolic link, for
4174 example, but @emph{only if} @value{op-recursive-unlink} is specified
4175 to allow this behavior. In any case, single files are silently
4176 removed.
4177
4178 Finally, the @value{op-unlink-first} option can improve performance in
4179 some cases by causing @command{tar} to remove files unconditionally
4180 before extracting them.
4181
4182 @node Overwrite Old Files
4183 @unnumberedsubsubsec Overwrite Old Files
4184
4185 @table @option
4186 @item --overwrite
4187 Overwrite existing files and directory metadata when extracting files
4188 from an archive.
4189
4190 This
4191 causes @command{tar} to write extracted files into the file system without
4192 regard to the files already on the system; i.e., files with the same
4193 names as archive members are overwritten when the archive is extracted.
4194 It also causes @command{tar} to extract the ownership, permissions,
4195 and time stamps onto any preexisting files or directories.
4196 If the name of a corresponding file name is a symbolic link, the file
4197 pointed to by the symbolic link will be overwritten instead of the
4198 symbolic link itself (if this is possible). Moreover, special devices,
4199 empty directories and even symbolic links are automatically removed if
4200 they are in the way of extraction.
4201
4202 Be careful when using the @value{op-overwrite} option, particularly when
4203 combined with the @value{op-absolute-names} option, as this combination
4204 can change the contents, ownership or permissions of any file on your
4205 system. Also, many systems do not take kindly to overwriting files that
4206 are currently being executed.
4207
4208 @item --overwrite-dir
4209 Overwrite the metadata of directories when extracting files from an
4210 archive, but remove other files before extracting.
4211 @end table
4212
4213 @node Keep Old Files
4214 @unnumberedsubsubsec Keep Old Files
4215
4216 @table @option
4217 @item --keep-old-files
4218 @itemx -k
4219 Do not replace existing files from archive. The
4220 @value{op-keep-old-files} option prevents @command{tar} from replacing
4221 existing files with files with the same name from the archive.
4222 The @value{op-keep-old-files} option is meaningless with @value{op-list}.
4223 Prevents @command{tar} from replacing files in the file system during
4224 extraction.
4225 @end table
4226
4227 @node Keep Newer Files
4228 @unnumberedsubsubsec Keep Newer Files
4229
4230 @table @option
4231 @item --keep-newer-files
4232 Do not replace existing files that are newer than their archive
4233 copies. This option is meaningless with @value{op-list}.
4234 @end table
4235
4236 @node Unlink First
4237 @unnumberedsubsubsec Unlink First
4238
4239 @table @option
4240 @item --unlink-first
4241 @itemx -U
4242 Remove files before extracting over them.
4243 This can make @command{tar} run a bit faster if you know in advance
4244 that the extracted files all need to be removed. Normally this option
4245 slows @command{tar} down slightly, so it is disabled by default.
4246 @end table
4247
4248 @node Recursive Unlink
4249 @unnumberedsubsubsec Recursive Unlink
4250
4251 @table @option
4252 @item --recursive-unlink
4253 When this option is specified, try removing files and directory hierarchies
4254 before extracting over them. @emph{This is a dangerous option!}
4255 @end table
4256
4257 If you specify the @value{op-recursive-unlink} option,
4258 @command{tar} removes @emph{anything} that keeps you from extracting a file
4259 as far as current permissions will allow it. This could include removal
4260 of the contents of a full directory hierarchy.
4261
4262 @node Modification Times
4263 @unnumberedsubsubsec Setting Modification Times
4264
4265 Normally, @command{tar} sets the modification times of extracted files to
4266 the modification times recorded for the files in the archive, but
4267 limits the permissions of extracted files by the current @code{umask}
4268 setting.
4269
4270 To set the modification times of extracted files to the time when
4271 the files were extracted, use the @value{op-touch} option in
4272 conjunction with @value{op-extract}.
4273
4274 @table @option
4275 @item --touch
4276 @itemx -m
4277 Sets the modification time of extracted archive members to the time
4278 they were extracted, not the time recorded for them in the archive.
4279 Use in conjunction with @value{op-extract}.
4280 @end table
4281
4282 @node Setting Access Permissions
4283 @unnumberedsubsubsec Setting Access Permissions
4284
4285 To set the modes (access permissions) of extracted files to those
4286 recorded for those files in the archive, use @option{--same-permissions}
4287 in conjunction with the @value{op-extract} operation. @FIXME{Should be
4288 aliased to ignore-umask.}
4289
4290 @table @option
4291 @item --preserve-permission
4292 @itemx --same-permission
4293 @itemx --ignore-umask
4294 @itemx -p
4295 Set modes of extracted archive members to those recorded in the
4296 archive, instead of current umask settings. Use in conjunction with
4297 @value{op-extract}.
4298 @end table
4299
4300 @FIXME{Following paragraph needs to be rewritten: why doesn't this cat
4301 files together, why is this useful. is it really useful with
4302 more than one file?}
4303
4304 @node Writing to Standard Output
4305 @unnumberedsubsubsec Writing to Standard Output
4306
4307 To write the extracted files to the standard output, instead of
4308 creating the files on the file system, use @value{op-to-stdout} in
4309 conjunction with @value{op-extract}. This option is useful if you are
4310 extracting files to send them through a pipe, and do not need to
4311 preserve them in the file system. If you extract multiple members,
4312 they appear on standard output concatenated, in the order they are
4313 found in the archive.
4314
4315 @table @option
4316 @item --to-stdout
4317 @itemx -O
4318 Writes files to the standard output. Used in conjunction with
4319 @value{op-extract}. Extract files to standard output. When this option
4320 is used, instead of creating the files specified, @command{tar} writes
4321 the contents of the files extracted to its standard output. This may
4322 be useful if you are only extracting the files in order to send them
4323 through a pipe. This option is meaningless with @value{op-list}.
4324 @end table
4325
4326 This can be useful, for example, if you have a tar archive containing
4327 a big file and don't want to store the file on disk before processing
4328 it. You can use a command like this:
4329
4330 @smallexample
4331 tar -xOzf foo.tgz bigfile | process
4332 @end smallexample
4333
4334 or even like this if you want to process the concatenation of the files:
4335
4336 @smallexample
4337 tar -xOzf foo.tgz bigfile1 bigfile2 | process
4338 @end smallexample
4339
4340 @node remove files
4341 @unnumberedsubsubsec Removing Files
4342
4343 @FIXME{the various macros in the front of the manual think that this
4344 option goes in this section. i have no idea; i only know it's nowhere
4345 else in the book...}
4346
4347 @table @option
4348 @item --remove-files
4349 Remove files after adding them to the archive.
4350 @end table
4351
4352 @node Scarce
4353 @subsection Coping with Scarce Resources
4354 @cindex Middle of the archive, starting in the
4355 @cindex Running out of space during extraction
4356 @cindex Disk space, running out of
4357 @cindex Space on the disk, recovering from lack of
4358 @UNREVISED
4359
4360 @menu
4361 * Starting File::
4362 * Same Order::
4363 @end menu
4364
4365 @node Starting File
4366 @unnumberedsubsubsec Starting File
4367
4368 @table @option
4369 @item --starting-file=@var{name}
4370 @itemx -K @var{name}
4371 Starts an operation in the middle of an archive. Use in conjunction
4372 with @value{op-extract} or @value{op-list}.
4373 @end table
4374
4375 If a previous attempt to extract files failed due to lack of disk
4376 space, you can use @value{op-starting-file} to start extracting only
4377 after member @var{name} of the archive. This assumes, of course, that
4378 there is now free space, or that you are now extracting into a
4379 different file system. (You could also choose to suspend @command{tar},
4380 remove unnecessary files from the file system, and then restart the
4381 same @command{tar} operation. In this case, @value{op-starting-file} is
4382 not necessary. @value{xref-incremental}, @value{xref-interactive},
4383 and @value{ref-exclude}.)
4384
4385 @node Same Order
4386 @unnumberedsubsubsec Same Order
4387
4388 @table @option
4389 @item --same-order
4390 @itemx --preserve-order
4391 @itemx -s
4392 To process large lists of file names on machines with small amounts of
4393 memory. Use in conjunction with @value{op-compare},
4394 @value{op-list}
4395 or @value{op-extract}.
4396 @end table
4397
4398 @FIXME{we don't need/want --preserve to exist any more (from melissa:
4399 ie, don't want that *version* of the option to exist, or don't want
4400 the option to exist in either version?}
4401
4402 @FIXME{i think this explanation is lacking.}
4403
4404 The @value{op-same-order} option tells @command{tar} that the list of file
4405 names to be listed or extracted is sorted in the same order as the
4406 files in the archive. This allows a large list of names to be used,
4407 even on a small machine that would not otherwise be able to hold all
4408 the names in memory at the same time. Such a sorted list can easily be
4409 created by running @samp{tar -t} on the archive and editing its output.
4410
4411 This option is probably never needed on modern computer systems.
4412
4413 @node backup
4414 @section Backup options
4415
4416 @cindex backup options
4417
4418 @GNUTAR{} offers options for making backups of files
4419 before writing new versions. These options control the details of
4420 these backups. They may apply to the archive itself before it is
4421 created or rewritten, as well as individual extracted members. Other
4422 @acronym{GNU} programs (@command{cp}, @command{install}, @command{ln},
4423 and @command{mv}, for example) offer similar options.
4424
4425 Backup options may prove unexpectedly useful when extracting archives
4426 containing many members having identical name, or when extracting archives
4427 on systems having file name limitations, making different members appear
4428 has having similar names through the side-effect of name truncation.
4429 (This is true only if we have a good scheme for truncated backup names,
4430 which I'm not sure at all: I suspect work is needed in this area.)
4431 When any existing file is backed up before being overwritten by extraction,
4432 then clashing files are automatically be renamed to be unique, and the
4433 true name is kept for only the last file of a series of clashing files.
4434 By using verbose mode, users may track exactly what happens.
4435
4436 At the detail level, some decisions are still experimental, and may
4437 change in the future, we are waiting comments from our users. So, please
4438 do not learn to depend blindly on the details of the backup features.
4439 For example, currently, directories themselves are never renamed through
4440 using these options, so, extracting a file over a directory still has
4441 good chances to fail. Also, backup options apply to created archives,
4442 not only to extracted members. For created archives, backups will not
4443 be attempted when the archive is a block or character device, or when it
4444 refers to a remote file.
4445
4446 For the sake of simplicity and efficiency, backups are made by renaming old
4447 files prior to creation or extraction, and not by copying. The original
4448 name is restored if the file creation fails. If a failure occurs after a
4449 partial extraction of a file, both the backup and the partially extracted
4450 file are kept.
4451
4452 @table @samp
4453
4454 @item --backup[=@var{method}]
4455 @opindex --backup
4456 @vindex VERSION_CONTROL
4457 @cindex backups
4458 Back up files that are about to be overwritten or removed.
4459 Without this option, the original versions are destroyed.
4460
4461 Use @var{method} to determine the type of backups made.
4462 If @var{method} is not specified, use the value of the @env{VERSION_CONTROL}
4463 environment variable. And if @env{VERSION_CONTROL} is not set,
4464 use the @samp{existing} method.
4465
4466 @vindex version-control @r{Emacs variable}
4467 This option corresponds to the Emacs variable @samp{version-control};
4468 the same values for @var{method} are accepted as in Emacs. This option
4469 also allows more descriptive names. The valid @var{method}s are:
4470
4471 @table @samp
4472 @item t
4473 @itemx numbered
4474 @opindex numbered @r{backup method}
4475 Always make numbered backups.
4476
4477 @item nil
4478 @itemx existing
4479 @opindex existing @r{backup method}
4480 Make numbered backups of files that already have them, simple backups
4481 of the others.
4482
4483 @item never
4484 @itemx simple
4485 @opindex simple @r{backup method}
4486 Always make simple backups.
4487
4488 @end table
4489
4490 @item --suffix=@var{suffix}
4491 @opindex --suffix
4492 @cindex backup suffix
4493 @vindex SIMPLE_BACKUP_SUFFIX
4494 Append @var{suffix} to each backup file made with @option{--backup}. If this
4495 option is not specified, the value of the @env{SIMPLE_BACKUP_SUFFIX}
4496 environment variable is used. And if @env{SIMPLE_BACKUP_SUFFIX} is not
4497 set, the default is @samp{~}, just as in Emacs.
4498
4499 @end table
4500
4501 Some people express the desire to @emph{always} use the @value{op-backup}
4502 option, by defining some kind of alias or script. This is not as easy
4503 as one may think, due to the fact that old style options should appear first
4504 and consume arguments a bit unpredictably for an alias or script. But,
4505 if you are ready to give up using old style options, you may resort to
4506 using something like (a Bourne shell function here):
4507
4508 @smallexample
4509 tar () @{ /usr/local/bin/tar --backup $*; @}
4510 @end smallexample
4511
4512 @node Applications
4513 @section Notable @command{tar} Usages
4514 @UNREVISED
4515
4516 @FIXME{Using Unix file linking capability to recreate directory
4517 structures---linking files into one subdirectory and then
4518 @command{tar}ring that directory.}
4519
4520 @FIXME{Nice hairy example using absolute-names, newer, etc.}
4521
4522 @findex uuencode
4523 You can easily use archive files to transport a group of files from
4524 one system to another: put all relevant files into an archive on one
4525 computer system, transfer the archive to another system, and extract
4526 the contents there. The basic transfer medium might be magnetic tape,
4527 Internet FTP, or even electronic mail (though you must encode the
4528 archive with @command{uuencode} in order to transport it properly by
4529 mail). Both machines do not have to use the same operating system, as
4530 long as they both support the @command{tar} program.
4531
4532 For example, here is how you might copy a directory's contents from
4533 one disk to another, while preserving the dates, modes, owners and
4534 link-structure of all the files therein. In this case, the transfer
4535 medium is a @dfn{pipe}, which is one a Unix redirection mechanism:
4536
4537 @smallexample
4538 $ @kbd{cd sourcedir; tar -cf - . | (cd targetdir; tar -xf -)}
4539 @end smallexample
4540
4541 @noindent
4542 The command also works using short option forms:
4543
4544 @smallexample
4545 $ @w{@kbd{cd sourcedir; tar --create --file=- . | (cd targetdir; tar --extract --file=-)}}
4546 @end smallexample
4547
4548 @noindent
4549 This is one of the easiest methods to transfer a @command{tar} archive.
4550
4551 @node looking ahead
4552 @section Looking Ahead: The Rest of this Manual
4553
4554 You have now seen how to use all eight of the operations available to
4555 @command{tar}, and a number of the possible options. The next chapter
4556 explains how to choose and change file and archive names, how to use
4557 files to store names of other files which you can then call as
4558 arguments to @command{tar} (this can help you save time if you expect to
4559 archive the same list of files a number of times), and so forth.
4560 @FIXME{in case it's not obvious, i'm making this up in some sense
4561 based on my limited memory of what the next chapter *really* does. i
4562 just wanted to flesh out this final section a little bit so i'd
4563 remember to stick it in here. :-)}
4564
4565 If there are too many files to conveniently list on the command line,
4566 you can list the names in a file, and @command{tar} will read that file.
4567 @value{xref-files-from}.
4568
4569 There are various ways of causing @command{tar} to skip over some files,
4570 and not archive them. @xref{Choosing}.
4571
4572 @node Backups
4573 @chapter Performing Backups and Restoring Files
4574 @UNREVISED
4575
4576 @GNUTAR{} is distributed along with the scripts
4577 which the Free Software Foundation uses for performing backups. There
4578 is no corresponding scripts available yet for doing restoration of
4579 files. Even if there is a good chance those scripts may be satisfying
4580 to you, they are not the only scripts or methods available for doing
4581 backups and restore. You may well create your own, or use more
4582 sophisticated packages dedicated to that purpose.
4583
4584 Some users are enthusiastic about @code{Amanda} (The Advanced Maryland
4585 Automatic Network Disk Archiver), a backup system developed by James
4586 da Silva @file{jds@@cs.umd.edu} and available on many Unix systems.
4587 This is free software, and it is available at these places:
4588
4589 @smallexample
4590 http://www.cs.umd.edu/projects/amanda/amanda.html
4591 ftp://ftp.cs.umd.edu/pub/amanda
4592 @end smallexample
4593
4594 @FIXME{
4595
4596 Here is a possible plan for a future documentation about the backuping
4597 scripts which are provided within the @GNUTAR{}
4598 distribution.
4599
4600 @itemize @bullet
4601 @item dumps
4602 @itemize @minus
4603 @item what are dumps
4604 @item different levels of dumps
4605 @itemize +
4606 @item full dump = dump everything
4607 @item level 1, level 2 dumps etc
4608 A level @var{n} dump dumps everything changed since the last level
4609 @var{n}-1 dump (?)
4610 @end itemize
4611 @item how to use scripts for dumps (ie, the concept)
4612 @itemize +
4613 @item scripts to run after editing backup specs (details)
4614 @end itemize
4615 @item Backup Specs, what is it.
4616 @itemize +
4617 @item how to customize
4618 @item actual text of script [/sp/dump/backup-specs]
4619 @end itemize
4620 @item Problems
4621 @itemize +
4622 @item rsh doesn't work
4623 @item rtape isn't installed
4624 @item (others?)
4625 @end itemize
4626 @item the @option{--incremental} option of tar
4627 @item tapes
4628 @itemize +
4629 @item write protection
4630 @item types of media, different sizes and types, useful for different things
4631 @item files and tape marks
4632 one tape mark between files, two at end.
4633 @item positioning the tape
4634 MT writes two at end of write,
4635 backspaces over one when writing again.
4636 @end itemize
4637 @end itemize
4638 @end itemize
4639 }
4640
4641 This chapter documents both the provided shell scripts and @command{tar}
4642 options which are more specific to usage as a backup tool.
4643
4644 To @dfn{back up} a file system means to create archives that contain
4645 all the files in that file system. Those archives can then be used to
4646 restore any or all of those files (for instance if a disk crashes or a
4647 file is accidentally deleted). File system @dfn{backups} are also
4648 called @dfn{dumps}.
4649
4650 @menu
4651 * Full Dumps:: Using @command{tar} to Perform Full Dumps
4652 * Incremental Dumps:: Using @command{tar} to Perform Incremental Dumps
4653 * Backup Levels:: Levels of Backups
4654 * Backup Parameters:: Setting Parameters for Backups and Restoration
4655 * Scripted Backups:: Using the Backup Scripts
4656 * Scripted Restoration:: Using the Restore Script
4657 @end menu
4658
4659 @node Full Dumps
4660 @section Using @command{tar} to Perform Full Dumps
4661 @UNREVISED
4662
4663 @cindex full dumps
4664 @cindex dumps, full
4665
4666 @cindex corrupted archives
4667 Full dumps should only be made when no other people or programs
4668 are modifying files in the filesystem. If files are modified while
4669 @command{tar} is making the backup, they may not be stored properly in
4670 the archive, in which case you won't be able to restore them if you
4671 have to. (Files not being modified are written with no trouble, and do
4672 not corrupt the entire archive.)
4673
4674 You will want to use the @value{op-label} option to give the archive a
4675 volume label, so you can tell what this archive is even if the label
4676 falls off the tape, or anything like that.
4677
4678 Unless the filesystem you are dumping is guaranteed to fit on
4679 one volume, you will need to use the @value{op-multi-volume} option.
4680 Make sure you have enough tapes on hand to complete the backup.
4681
4682 If you want to dump each filesystem separately you will need to use
4683 the @value{op-one-file-system} option to prevent @command{tar} from crossing
4684 filesystem boundaries when storing (sub)directories.
4685
4686 The @value{op-incremental} (@FIXME-pxref{}) option is not needed,
4687 since this is a complete copy of everything in the filesystem, and a
4688 full restore from this backup would only be done onto a completely
4689 empty disk.
4690
4691 Unless you are in a hurry, and trust the @command{tar} program (and your
4692 tapes), it is a good idea to use the @value{op-verify} option, to make
4693 sure your files really made it onto the dump properly. This will
4694 also detect cases where the file was modified while (or just after)
4695 it was being archived. Not all media (notably cartridge tapes) are
4696 capable of being verified, unfortunately.
4697
4698 @node Incremental Dumps
4699 @section Using @command{tar} to Perform Incremental Dumps
4700
4701 @dfn{Incremental backup} is a special form of @GNUTAR{} archive that
4702 stores additional metadata so that exact state of the filesystem
4703 can be restored when extracting the archive.
4704
4705 @GNUTAR{} currently offers two options for handling incremental
4706 backups: @value{op-listed-incremental} and @value{op-incremental}.
4707
4708 The option @option{--listed-incremental} instructs tar to operate on
4709 an incremental archive with additional metadata stored in a standalone
4710 file, called @dfn{snapshot file}. The purpose of this file is to help
4711 determine what files have been changed, added or deleted since the
4712 last backup, so that the next incremental backup will contain only
4713 modified files. The name of the snapshot file is given as an argument
4714 to the option:
4715
4716 @table @option
4717 @item --listed-incremental=@var{file}
4718 @itemx -g @var{file}
4719 Handle incremental backups with snapshot data in @var{file}.
4720 @end table
4721
4722 To create an incremental backup, you would use
4723 @option{--listed-incremental} together with @option{--create}
4724 (@pxref{create}). For example:
4725
4726 @smallexample
4727 $ @kbd{tar --create \
4728 --file=archive.1.tar \
4729 --listed-incremental=/var/log/usr.snar \
4730 /usr}
4731 @end smallexample
4732
4733 This will create in @file{archive.1.tar} an incremental backup of
4734 @file{/usr} filesystem, storing additional metadata in the file
4735 @file{/var/log/usr.snar}. If this file does not exist, it will be
4736 created. The created archive will then be called @dfn{level 0 backup}
4737 (see the next section for more info on backup levels).
4738
4739 Otherwise, if the file @file{/var/log/usr.snar} exists, it is used to
4740 determine the modified files. In this case only these files will be
4741 stored in the archive. Suppose, for example, that after running the
4742 above command, you delete file @file{/usr/doc/old} and create
4743 directory @file{/usr/local/db} with the following contents:
4744
4745 @smallexample
4746 $ @kbd{ls /usr/local/db}
4747 /usr/local/db/data
4748 /usr/local/db/index
4749 @end smallexample
4750
4751 Some time later you create another incremental backup. You will
4752 then see:
4753
4754 @smallexample
4755 $ @kbd{tar --create \
4756 --file=archive.2.tar \
4757 --listed-incremental=/var/log/usr.snar \
4758 /usr}
4759 tar: usr/local/db: Directory is new
4760 usr/local/db/
4761 usr/local/db/data
4762 usr/local/db/index
4763 @end smallexample
4764
4765 @noindent
4766 The created archive @file{archive.2.tar} will contain only these
4767 three members. This archive is called @dfn{level 1 backup}. Notice,
4768 that @file{/var/log/usr.snar} will be updated with the new data, so if
4769 you plan to create more @samp{level 1} backups, it is necessary to
4770 create a working copy of the snapshot file before running
4771 @command{tar}. The above example will then be modified as follows:
4772
4773 @smallexample
4774 $ @kbd{cp /var/log/usr.snar /var/log/usr.snar-1}
4775 $ @kbd{tar --create \
4776 --file=archive.2.tar \
4777 --listed-incremental=/var/log/usr.snar-1 \
4778 /usr}
4779 @end smallexample
4780
4781 Incremental dumps depend crucially on time stamps, so the results are
4782 unreliable if you modify a file's time stamps during dumping (e.g.,
4783 with the @option{--atime-preserve} option), or if you set the clock
4784 backwards.
4785
4786 Metadata stored in snapshot files include device numbers, which,
4787 obviously is supposed to be a non-volatile value. However, it turns
4788 out that NFS devices have non-dependable values when an automounter
4789 gets in the picture. This can lead to a great deal of spurious
4790 redumping in incremental dumps, so it is somewhat useless to compare
4791 two NFS devices numbers over time. The solution implemented currently
4792 is to considers all NFS devices as being equal when it comes to
4793 comparing directories; this is fairly gross, but there does not seem
4794 to be a better way to go.
4795
4796 Note that incremental archives use @command{tar} extensions and may
4797 not be readable by non-@acronym{GNU} versions of the @command{tar} program.
4798
4799 To extract from the incremental dumps, use
4800 @option{--listed-incremental} together with @option{--extract}
4801 option (@pxref{extracting files}). In this case, @command{tar} does
4802 not need to access snapshot file, since all the data necessary for
4803 extraction are stored in the archive itself. So, when extracting, you
4804 can give whatever argument to @option{--listed-incremental}, the usual
4805 practice is to use @option{--listed-incremental=/dev/null}.
4806 Alternatively, you can use @option{--incremental}, which needs no
4807 arguments. In general, @option{--incremental} (@option{-G}) can be
4808 used as a shortcut for @option{--listed-incremental} when listing or
4809 extracting incremental backups (for more information, regarding this
4810 option, @pxref{incremental-op}).
4811
4812 When extracting from the incremental backup @GNUTAR{} attempts to
4813 restore the exact state the file system had when the archive was
4814 created. In particular, it will @emph{delete} those files in the file
4815 system that did not exist in their directories when the archive was
4816 created. If you have created several levels of incremental files,
4817 then in order to restore the exact contents the file system had when
4818 the last level was created, you will need to restore from all backups
4819 in turn. Continuing our example, to restore the state of @file{/usr}
4820 file system, one would do@footnote{Notice, that since both archives
4821 were created withouth @option{-P} option (@pxref{absolute}), these
4822 commands should be run from the root filesystem.}:
4823
4824 @smallexample
4825 $ @kbd{tar --extract \
4826 --listed-incremental=/dev/null \
4827 --file archive.1.tar}
4828 $ @kbd{tar --extract \
4829 --listed-incremental=/dev/null \
4830 --file archive.2.tar}
4831 @end smallexample
4832
4833 To list the contents of an incremental archive, use @option{--list}
4834 (@pxref{list}), as usual. To obtain more information about the
4835 archive, use @option{--listed-incremental} or @option{--incremental}
4836 combined with two @option{--verbose} options@footnote{Two
4837 @option{--verbose} options were selected to avoid breaking usual
4838 verbose listing output (@option{--list --verbose}) when using in
4839 scripts.
4840
4841 Versions of @GNUTAR{} up to 1.15.1 used to dump verbatim binary
4842 contents of the DUMPDIR header (with terminating nulls) when
4843 @option{--incremental} or @option{--listed-incremental} option was
4844 given, no matter what the verbosity level. This behavior, and,
4845 especially, the binary output it produced were considered incovenient
4846 and were changed in version 1.16}:
4847
4848 @smallexample
4849 @kbd{tar --list --incremental --verbose --verbose archive.tar}
4850 @end smallexample
4851
4852 This command will print, for each directory in the archive, the list
4853 of files in that directory at the time the archive was created. This
4854 information is put out in a format which is both human-readable and
4855 unambiguous for a program: each file name is printed as
4856
4857 @smallexample
4858 @var{x} @var{file}
4859 @end smallexample
4860
4861 @noindent
4862 where @var{x} is a letter describing the status of the file: @samp{Y}
4863 if the file is present in the archive, @samp{N} if the file is not
4864 included in the archive, or a @samp{D} if the file is a directory (and
4865 is included in the archive).@FIXME-xref{dumpdir format}. Each such
4866 line is terminated by a newline character. The last line is followed
4867 by an additional newline to indicate the end of the data.
4868
4869 @anchor{incremental-op}The option @option{--incremental} (@option{-G})
4870 gives the same behavior as @option{--listed-incremental} when used
4871 with @option{--list} and @option{--extract} options. When used with
4872 @option{--create} option, it creates an incremental archive without
4873 creating snapshot file. Thus, it is impossible to create several
4874 levels of incremental backups with @option{--incremental} option.
4875
4876 @node Backup Levels
4877 @section Levels of Backups
4878
4879 An archive containing all the files in the file system is called a
4880 @dfn{full backup} or @dfn{full dump}. You could insure your data by
4881 creating a full dump every day. This strategy, however, would waste a
4882 substantial amount of archive media and user time, as unchanged files
4883 are daily re-archived.
4884
4885 It is more efficient to do a full dump only occasionally. To back up
4886 files between full dumps, you can use @dfn{incremental dumps}. A @dfn{level
4887 one} dump archives all the files that have changed since the last full
4888 dump.
4889
4890 A typical dump strategy would be to perform a full dump once a week,
4891 and a level one dump once a day. This means some versions of files
4892 will in fact be archived more than once, but this dump strategy makes
4893 it possible to restore a file system to within one day of accuracy by
4894 only extracting two archives---the last weekly (full) dump and the
4895 last daily (level one) dump. The only information lost would be in
4896 files changed or created since the last daily backup. (Doing dumps
4897 more than once a day is usually not worth the trouble).
4898
4899 @GNUTAR{} comes with scripts you can use to do full
4900 and level-one (actually, even level-two and so on) dumps. Using
4901 scripts (shell programs) to perform backups and restoration is a
4902 convenient and reliable alternative to typing out file name lists
4903 and @command{tar} commands by hand.
4904
4905 Before you use these scripts, you need to edit the file
4906 @file{backup-specs}, which specifies parameters used by the backup
4907 scripts and by the restore script. This file is usually located
4908 in @file{/etc/backup} directory. @FIXME-xref{Script Syntax} Once the
4909 backup parameters are set, you can perform backups or restoration by
4910 running the appropriate script.
4911
4912 The name of the backup script is @code{backup}. The name of the
4913 restore script is @code{restore}. The following sections describe
4914 their use in detail.
4915
4916 @emph{Please Note:} The backup and restoration scripts are
4917 designed to be used together. While it is possible to restore files by
4918 hand from an archive which was created using a backup script, and to create
4919 an archive by hand which could then be extracted using the restore script,
4920 it is easier to use the scripts. @value{xref-incremental}, before
4921 making such an attempt.
4922
4923 @node Backup Parameters
4924 @section Setting Parameters for Backups and Restoration
4925
4926 The file @file{backup-specs} specifies backup parameters for the
4927 backup and restoration scripts provided with @command{tar}. You must
4928 edit @file{backup-specs} to fit your system configuration and schedule
4929 before using these scripts.
4930
4931 Syntactically, @file{backup-specs} is a shell script, containing
4932 mainly variable assignments. However, any valid shell construct
4933 is allowed in this file. Particularly, you may wish to define
4934 functions within that script (e.g., see @code{RESTORE_BEGIN} below).
4935 For more information about shell script syntax, please refer to
4936 @url{http://www.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/009695399/utilities/xcu_chap02.html#ta
4937 g_02, the definition of the Shell Command Language}. See also
4938 @ref{Top,,Bash Features,bashref,Bash Reference Manual}.
4939
4940 The shell variables controlling behavior of @code{backup} and
4941 @code{restore} are described in the following subsections.
4942
4943 @menu
4944 * General-Purpose Variables::
4945 * Magnetic Tape Control::
4946 * User Hooks::
4947 * backup-specs example:: An Example Text of @file{Backup-specs}
4948 @end menu
4949
4950 @node General-Purpose Variables
4951 @subsection General-Purpose Variables
4952
4953 @defvr {Backup variable} ADMINISTRATOR
4954 The user name of the backup administrator. @code{Backup} scripts
4955 sends a backup report to this address.
4956 @end defvr
4957
4958 @defvr {Backup variable} BACKUP_HOUR
4959 The hour at which the backups are done. This can be a number from 0
4960 to 23, or the time specification in form @var{hours}:@var{minutes},
4961 or the string @samp{now}.
4962
4963 This variable is used by @code{backup}. Its value may be overridden
4964 using @option{--time} option (@pxref{Scripted Backups}).
4965 @end defvr
4966
4967 @defvr {Backup variable} TAPE_FILE
4968
4969 The device @command{tar} writes the archive to. If @var{TAPE_FILE}
4970 is a remote archive (@pxref{remote-dev}), backup script will suppose
4971 that your @command{mt} is able to access remote devices. If @var{RSH}
4972 (@pxref{RSH}) is set, @option{--rsh-command} option will be added to
4973 invocations of @command{mt}.
4974 @end defvr
4975
4976 @defvr {Backup variable} BLOCKING
4977
4978 The blocking factor @command{tar} will use when writing the dump archive.
4979 @value{xref-blocking-factor}.
4980 @end defvr
4981
4982 @defvr {Backup variable} BACKUP_DIRS
4983
4984 A list of file systems to be dumped (for @code{backup}), or restored
4985 (for @code{restore}). You can include any directory
4986 name in the list --- subdirectories on that file system will be
4987 included, regardless of how they may look to other networked machines.
4988 Subdirectories on other file systems will be ignored.
4989
4990 The host name specifies which host to run @command{tar} on, and should
4991 normally be the host that actually contains the file system. However,
4992 the host machine must have @GNUTAR{} installed, and
4993 must be able to access the directory containing the backup scripts and
4994 their support files using the same file name that is used on the
4995 machine where the scripts are run (ie. what @command{pwd} will print
4996 when in that directory on that machine). If the host that contains
4997 the file system does not have this capability, you can specify another
4998 host as long as it can access the file system through NFS.
4999
5000 If the list of file systems is very long you may wish to put it
5001 in a separate file. This file is usually named
5002 @file{/etc/backup/dirs}, but this name may be overridden in
5003 @file{backup-specs} using @code{DIRLIST} variable.
5004 @end defvr
5005
5006 @defvr {Backup variable} DIRLIST
5007
5008 A path to the file containing the list of the filesystems to backup
5009 or restore. By default it is @file{/etc/backup/dirs}.
5010 @end defvr
5011
5012 @defvr {Backup variable} BACKUP_FILES
5013
5014 A list of individual files to be dumped (for @code{backup}), or restored
5015 (for @code{restore}). These should be accessible from the machine on
5016 which the backup script is run.
5017
5018 If the list of file systems is very long you may wish to store it
5019 in a separate file. This file is usually named
5020 @file{/etc/backup/files}, but this name may be overridden in
5021 @file{backup-specs} using @code{FILELIST} variable.
5022 @end defvr
5023
5024 @defvr {Backup variable} FILELIST
5025
5026 A path to the file containing the list of the individual files to backup
5027 or restore. By default it is @file{/etc/backup/files}.
5028 @end defvr
5029
5030 @defvr {Backup variable} MT
5031
5032 Full file name of @command{mt} binary.
5033 @end defvr
5034
5035 @defvr {Backup variable} RSH
5036 @anchor{RSH}
5037 Full file name of @command{rsh} binary or its equivalent. You may wish to
5038 set it to @code{ssh}, to improve security. In this case you will have
5039 to use public key authentication.
5040 @end defvr
5041
5042 @defvr {Backup variable} RSH_COMMAND
5043
5044 Full file name of @command{rsh} binary on remote mashines. This will
5045 be passed via @option{--rsh-command} option to the remote invocation
5046 of @GNUTAR{}.
5047 @end defvr
5048
5049 @defvr {Backup variable} VOLNO_FILE
5050
5051 Name of temporary file to hold volume numbers. This needs to be accessible
5052 by all the machines which have filesystems to be dumped.
5053 @end defvr
5054
5055 @defvr {Backup variable} XLIST
5056
5057 Name of @dfn{exclude file list}. An @dfn{exclude file list} is a file
5058 located on the remote machine and containing the list of files to
5059 be excluded from the backup. Exclude file lists are searched in
5060 /etc/tar-backup directory. A common use for exclude file lists
5061 is to exclude files containing security-sensitive information
5062 (e.g., @file{/etc/shadow} from backups).
5063
5064 This variable affects only @code{backup}.
5065 @end defvr
5066
5067 @defvr {Backup variable} SLEEP_TIME
5068
5069 Time to sleep between dumps of any two successive filesystems
5070
5071 This variable affects only @code{backup}.
5072 @end defvr
5073
5074 @defvr {Backup variable} DUMP_REMIND_SCRIPT
5075
5076 Script to be run when it's time to insert a new tape in for the next
5077 volume. Administrators may want to tailor this script for their site.
5078 If this variable isn't set, @GNUTAR{} will display its built-in prompt
5079 @FIXME-xref{describe it somewhere!}, and will expect confirmation from
5080 the console.
5081 @end defvr
5082
5083 @defvr {Backup variable} SLEEP_MESSAGE
5084
5085 Message to display on the terminal while waiting for dump time. Usually
5086 this will just be some literal text.
5087 @end defvr
5088
5089 @defvr {Backup variable} TAR
5090
5091 Full file name of the @GNUTAR{} executable. If this is not set, backup
5092 scripts will search @command{tar} in the current shell path.
5093 @end defvr
5094
5095 @node Magnetic Tape Control
5096 @subsection Magnetic Tape Control
5097
5098 Backup scripts access tape device using special @dfn{hook functions}.
5099 These functions take a single argument -- the name of the tape
5100 device. Their names are kept in the following variables:
5101
5102 @defvr {Backup variable} MT_BEGIN
5103 The name of @dfn{begin} function. This function is called before
5104 accessing the drive. By default it retensions the tape:
5105
5106 @smallexample
5107 MT_BEGIN=mt_begin
5108
5109 mt_begin() @{
5110 mt -f "$1" retension
5111 @}
5112 @end smallexample
5113 @end defvr
5114
5115 @defvr {Backup variable} MT_REWIND
5116 The name of @dfn{rewind} function. The default definition is as
5117 follows:
5118
5119 @smallexample
5120 MT_REWIND=mt_rewind
5121
5122 mt_rewind() @{
5123 mt -f "$1" rewind
5124 @}
5125 @end smallexample
5126
5127 @end defvr
5128
5129 @defvr {Backup variable} MT_OFFLINE
5130 The name of the function switching the tape off line. By default
5131 it is defined as follows:
5132
5133 @smallexample
5134 MT_OFFLINE=mt_offline
5135
5136 mt_offline() @{
5137 mt -f "$1" offl
5138 @}
5139 @end smallexample
5140 @end defvr
5141
5142 @defvr {Backup variable} MT_STATUS
5143 The name of the function used to obtain the status of the archive device,
5144 including error count. Default definition:
5145
5146 @smallexample
5147 MT_STATUS=mt_status
5148
5149 mt_status() @{
5150 mt -f "$1" status
5151 @}
5152 @end smallexample
5153 @end defvr
5154
5155 @node User Hooks
5156 @subsection User Hooks
5157
5158 @dfn{User hooks} are shell functions executed before and after
5159 each @command{tar} invocation. Thus, there are @dfn{backup
5160 hooks}, which are executed before and after dumping each file
5161 system, and @dfn{restore hooks}, executed before and
5162 after restoring a file system. Each user hook is a shell function
5163 taking four arguments:
5164
5165 @deffn {User Hook Function} hook @var{level} @var{host} @var{fs} @var{fsname}
5166 Its arguments are:
5167
5168 @table @var
5169 @item level
5170 Current backup or restore level.
5171
5172 @item host
5173 Name or IP address of the host machine being dumped or restored.
5174
5175 @item fs
5176 Full path name to the filesystem being dumped or restored.
5177
5178 @item fsname
5179 Filesystem name with directory separators replaced with colons. This
5180 is useful, e.g., for creating unique files.
5181 @end table
5182 @end deffn
5183
5184 Following variables keep the names of user hook functions
5185
5186 @defvr {Backup variable} DUMP_BEGIN
5187 Dump begin function. It is executed before dumping the filesystem.
5188 @end defvr
5189
5190 @defvr {Backup variable} DUMP_END
5191 Executed after dumping the filesystem.
5192 @end defvr
5193
5194 @defvr {Backup variable} RESTORE_BEGIN
5195 Executed before restoring the filesystem.
5196 @end defvr
5197
5198 @defvr {Backup variable} RESTORE_END
5199 Executed after restoring the filesystem.
5200 @end defvr
5201
5202 @node backup-specs example
5203 @subsection An Example Text of @file{Backup-specs}
5204
5205 The following is an example of @file{backup-specs}:
5206
5207 @smallexample
5208 # site-specific parameters for file system backup.
5209
5210 ADMINISTRATOR=friedman
5211 BACKUP_HOUR=1
5212 TAPE_FILE=/dev/nrsmt0
5213
5214 # Use @code{ssh} instead of the less secure @code{rsh}
5215 RSH=/usr/bin/ssh
5216 RSH_COMMAND=/usr/bin/ssh
5217
5218 # Override MT_STATUS function:
5219 my_status() @{
5220 mts -t $TAPE_FILE
5221 @}
5222 MT_STATUS=my_status
5223
5224 # Disable MT_OFFLINE function
5225 MT_OFFLINE=:
5226
5227 BLOCKING=124
5228 BACKUP_DIRS="
5229 albert:/fs/fsf
5230 apple-gunkies:/gd
5231 albert:/fs/gd2
5232 albert:/fs/gp
5233 geech:/usr/jla
5234 churchy:/usr/roland
5235 albert:/
5236 albert:/usr
5237 apple-gunkies:/
5238 apple-gunkies:/usr
5239 gnu:/hack
5240 gnu:/u
5241 apple-gunkies:/com/mailer/gnu
5242 apple-gunkies:/com/archive/gnu"
5243
5244 BACKUP_FILES="/com/mailer/aliases /com/mailer/league*[a-z]"
5245
5246 @end smallexample
5247
5248 @node Scripted Backups
5249 @section Using the Backup Scripts
5250
5251 The syntax for running a backup script is:
5252
5253 @smallexample
5254 backup --level=@var{level} --time=@var{time}
5255 @end smallexample
5256
5257 The @option{level} option requests the dump level. Thus, to produce
5258 a full dump, specify @code{--level=0} (this is the default, so
5259 @option{--level} may be omitted if its value is @code{0}).
5260 @footnote{For backward compatibility, the @code{backup} will also
5261 try to deduce the requested dump level from the name of the
5262 script itself. If the name consists of a string @samp{level-}
5263 followed by a single decimal digit, that digit is taken as
5264 the dump level number. Thus, you may create a link from @code{backup}
5265 to @code{level-1} and then run @code{level-1} whenever you need to
5266 create a level one dump.}
5267
5268 The @option{--time} option determines when should the backup be
5269 run. @var{Time} may take three forms:
5270
5271 @table @asis
5272 @item @var{hh}:@var{mm}
5273
5274 The dump must be run at @var{hh} hours @var{mm} minutes.
5275
5276 @item @var{hh}
5277
5278 The dump must be run at @var{hh} hours
5279
5280 @item now
5281
5282 The dump must be run immediately.
5283 @end table
5284
5285 You should start a script with a tape or disk mounted. Once you
5286 start a script, it prompts you for new tapes or disks as it
5287 needs them. Media volumes don't have to correspond to archive
5288 files --- a multi-volume archive can be started in the middle of a
5289 tape that already contains the end of another multi-volume archive.
5290 The @code{restore} script prompts for media by its archive volume,
5291 so to avoid an error message you should keep track of which tape
5292 (or disk) contains which volume of the archive (@pxref{Scripted
5293 Restoration}).
5294
5295 The backup scripts write two files on the file system. The first is a
5296 record file in @file{/etc/tar-backup/}, which is used by the scripts
5297 to store and retrieve information about which files were dumped. This
5298 file is not meant to be read by humans, and should not be deleted by
5299 them. @FIXME-xref{incremental and listed-incremental, for a more
5300 detailed explanation of this file.}
5301
5302 The second file is a log file containing the names of the file systems
5303 and files dumped, what time the backup was made, and any error
5304 messages that were generated, as well as how much space was left in
5305 the media volume after the last volume of the archive was written.
5306 You should check this log file after every backup. The file name is
5307 @file{log-@var{mm-dd-yyyy}-level-@var{n}}, where @var{mm-dd-yyyy}
5308 represents current date, and @var{n} represents current dump level number.
5309
5310 The script also prints the name of each system being dumped to the
5311 standard output.
5312
5313 Following is the full list of options accepted by @code{backup}
5314 script:
5315
5316 @table @option
5317 @item -l @var{level}
5318 @itemx --level=@var{level}
5319 Do backup level @var{level} (default 0).
5320
5321 @item -f
5322 @itemx --force
5323 Force backup even if today's log file already exists.
5324
5325 @item -v[@var{level}]
5326 @itemx --verbose[=@var{level}]
5327 Set verbosity level. The higher the level is, the more debugging
5328 information will be output during execution. Devault @var{level}
5329 is 100, which means the highest debugging level.
5330
5331 @item -t @var{start-time}
5332 @itemx --time=@var{start-time}
5333 Wait till @var{time}, then do backup.
5334
5335 @item -h
5336 @itemx --help
5337 Display short help message and exit.
5338
5339 @item -L
5340 @itemx --license
5341 Display program license and exit.
5342
5343 @item -V
5344 @itemx --version
5345 Display program version and exit.
5346 @end table
5347
5348
5349 @node Scripted Restoration
5350 @section Using the Restore Script
5351
5352 To restore files that were archived using a scripted backup, use the
5353 @code{restore} script. Its usage is quite straightforward. In the
5354 simplest form, invoke @code{restore --all}, it will
5355 then restore all the filesystems and files specified in
5356 @file{backup-specs} (@pxref{General-Purpose Variables,BACKUP_DIRS}).
5357
5358 You may select the filesystems (and/or files) to restore by
5359 giving @code{restore} list of @dfn{patterns} in its command
5360 line. For example, running
5361
5362 @smallexample
5363 restore 'albert:*'
5364 @end smallexample
5365
5366 @noindent
5367 will restore all filesystems on the machine @samp{albert}. A more
5368 complicated example:
5369
5370 @smallexample
5371 restore 'albert:*' '*:/var'
5372 @end smallexample
5373
5374 @noindent
5375 This command will restore all filesystems on the machine @samp{albert}
5376 as well as @file{/var} filesystem on all machines.
5377
5378 By default @code{restore} will start restoring files from the lowest
5379 available dump level (usually zero) and will continue through
5380 all available dump levels. There may be situations where such a
5381 thorough restore is not necessary. For example, you may wish to
5382 restore only files from the recent level one backup. To do so,
5383 use @option{--level} option, as shown in the example below:
5384
5385 @smallexample
5386 restore --level=1
5387 @end smallexample
5388
5389 The full list of options accepted by @code{restore} follows:
5390
5391 @table @option
5392 @item -a
5393 @itemx --all
5394 Restore all filesystems and files specified in @file{backup-specs}
5395
5396 @item -l @var{level}
5397 @itemx --level=@var{level}
5398 Start restoring from the given backup level, instead of the default 0.
5399
5400 @item -v[@var{level}]
5401 @itemx --verbose[=@var{level}]
5402 Set verbosity level. The higher the level is, the more debugging
5403 information will be output during execution. Devault @var{level}
5404 is 100, which means the highest debugging level.
5405
5406 @item -h
5407 @itemx --help
5408 Display short help message and exit.
5409
5410 @item -L
5411 @itemx --license
5412 Display program license and exit.
5413
5414 @item -V
5415 @itemx --version
5416 Display program version and exit.
5417 @end table
5418
5419 You should start the restore script with the media containing the
5420 first volume of the archive mounted. The script will prompt for other
5421 volumes as they are needed. If the archive is on tape, you don't need
5422 to rewind the tape to to its beginning---if the tape head is
5423 positioned past the beginning of the archive, the script will rewind
5424 the tape as needed. @FIXME-xref{Media, for a discussion of tape
5425 positioning.}
5426
5427 @quotation
5428 @strong{Warning:} The script will delete files from the active file
5429 system if they were not in the file system when the archive was made.
5430 @end quotation
5431
5432 @value{xref-incremental}, for an explanation of how the script makes
5433 that determination.
5434
5435 @node Choosing
5436 @chapter Choosing Files and Names for @command{tar}
5437 @UNREVISED
5438
5439 @FIXME{Melissa (still) Doesn't Really Like This ``Intro'' Paragraph!!!}
5440
5441 Certain options to @command{tar} enable you to specify a name for your
5442 archive. Other options let you decide which files to include or exclude
5443 from the archive, based on when or whether files were modified, whether
5444 the file names do or don't match specified patterns, or whether files
5445 are in specified directories.
5446
5447 @menu
5448 * file:: Choosing the Archive's Name
5449 * Selecting Archive Members::
5450 * files:: Reading Names from a File
5451 * exclude:: Excluding Some Files
5452 * Wildcards::
5453 * after:: Operating Only on New Files
5454 * recurse:: Descending into Directories
5455 * one:: Crossing Filesystem Boundaries
5456 @end menu
5457
5458 @node file
5459 @section Choosing and Naming Archive Files
5460 @cindex Naming an archive
5461 @cindex Archive Name
5462 @cindex Directing output
5463 @cindex Choosing an archive file
5464 @cindex Where is the archive?
5465 @UNREVISED
5466
5467 @FIXME{should the title of this section actually be, "naming an
5468 archive"?}
5469
5470 By default, @command{tar} uses an archive file name that was compiled when
5471 it was built on the system; usually this name refers to some physical
5472 tape drive on the machine. However, the person who installed @command{tar}
5473 on the system may not set the default to a meaningful value as far as
5474 most users are concerned. As a result, you will usually want to tell
5475 @command{tar} where to find (or create) the archive. The @value{op-file}
5476 option allows you to either specify or name a file to use as the archive
5477 instead of the default archive file location.
5478
5479 @table @option
5480 @item --file=@var{archive-name}
5481 @itemx -f @var{archive-name}
5482 Name the archive to create or operate on. Use in conjunction with
5483 any operation.
5484 @end table
5485
5486 For example, in this @command{tar} command,
5487
5488 @smallexample
5489 $ @kbd{tar -cvf collection.tar blues folk jazz}
5490 @end smallexample
5491
5492 @noindent
5493 @file{collection.tar} is the name of the archive. It must directly
5494 follow the @option{-f} option, since whatever directly follows @option{-f}
5495 @emph{will} end up naming the archive. If you neglect to specify an
5496 archive name, you may end up overwriting a file in the working directory
5497 with the archive you create since @command{tar} will use this file's name
5498 for the archive name.
5499
5500 An archive can be saved as a file in the file system, sent through a
5501 pipe or over a network, or written to an I/O device such as a tape,
5502 floppy disk, or CD write drive.
5503
5504 @cindex Writing new archives
5505 @cindex Archive creation
5506 If you do not name the archive, @command{tar} uses the value of the
5507 environment variable @env{TAPE} as the file name for the archive. If
5508 that is not available, @command{tar} uses a default, compiled-in archive
5509 name, usually that for tape unit zero (ie. @file{/dev/tu00}).
5510 @command{tar} always needs an archive name.
5511
5512 If you use @file{-} as an @var{archive-name}, @command{tar} reads the
5513 archive from standard input (when listing or extracting files), or
5514 writes it to standard output (when creating an archive). If you use
5515 @file{-} as an @var{archive-name} when modifying an archive,
5516 @command{tar} reads the original archive from its standard input and
5517 writes the entire new archive to its standard output.
5518
5519 @FIXME{might want a different example here; this is already used in
5520 "notable tar usages".}
5521
5522 @smallexample
5523 $ @kbd{cd sourcedir; tar -cf - . | (cd targetdir; tar -xf -)}
5524 @end smallexample
5525
5526 @FIXME{help!}
5527
5528 @cindex Standard input and output
5529 @cindex tar to standard input and output
5530 @anchor{remote-dev}
5531 To specify an archive file on a device attached to a remote machine,
5532 use the following:
5533
5534 @smallexample
5535 @kbd{--file=@var{hostname}:/@var{dev}/@var{file name}}
5536 @end smallexample
5537
5538 @noindent
5539 @command{tar} will complete the remote connection, if possible, and
5540 prompt you for a username and password. If you use
5541 @option{--file=@@@var{hostname}:/@var{dev}/@var{file name}}, @command{tar}
5542 will complete the remote connection, if possible, using your username
5543 as the username on the remote machine.
5544
5545 If the archive file name includes a colon (@samp{:}), then it is assumed
5546 to be a file on another machine. If the archive file is
5547 @samp{@var{user}@@@var{host}:@var{file}}, then @var{file} is used on the
5548 host @var{host}. The remote host is accessed using the @command{rsh}
5549 program, with a username of @var{user}. If the username is omitted
5550 (along with the @samp{@@} sign), then your user name will be used.
5551 (This is the normal @command{rsh} behavior.) It is necessary for the
5552 remote machine, in addition to permitting your @command{rsh} access, to
5553 have the @file{rmt} program installed (This command is included in
5554 the @GNUTAR{} distribution and by default is installed under
5555 @file{@var{prefix}/libexec/rmt}, were @var{prefix} means your
5556 installation prefix). If you need to use a file whose name includes a
5557 colon, then the remote tape drive behavior
5558 can be inhibited by using the @value{op-force-local} option.
5559
5560 @FIXME{i know we went over this yesterday, but bob (and now i do again,
5561 too) thinks it's out of the middle of nowhere. it doesn't seem to tie
5562 into what came before it well enough <<i moved it now, is it better
5563 here?>>. bob also comments that if Amanda isn't free software, we
5564 shouldn't mention it..}
5565
5566 When the archive is being created to @file{/dev/null}, @GNUTAR{}
5567 tries to minimize input and output operations. The
5568 Amanda backup system, when used with @GNUTAR{}, has
5569 an initial sizing pass which uses this feature.
5570
5571 @node Selecting Archive Members
5572 @section Selecting Archive Members
5573 @cindex Specifying files to act on
5574 @cindex Specifying archive members
5575
5576 @dfn{File Name arguments} specify which files in the file system
5577 @command{tar} operates on, when creating or adding to an archive, or which
5578 archive members @command{tar} operates on, when reading or deleting from
5579 an archive. @xref{Operations}.
5580
5581 To specify file names, you can include them as the last arguments on
5582 the command line, as follows:
5583 @smallexample
5584 @kbd{tar} @var{operation} [@var{option1} @var{option2} @dots{}] [@var{file name-1} @var{file name-2} @dots{}]
5585 @end smallexample
5586
5587 If a file name begins with dash (@samp{-}), preceede it with
5588 @option{--add-file} option to preventit from being treated as an
5589 option.
5590
5591 If you specify a directory name as a file name argument, all the files
5592 in that directory are operated on by @command{tar}.
5593
5594 If you do not specify files when @command{tar} is invoked with
5595 @value{op-create}, @command{tar} operates on all the non-directory files in
5596 the working directory. If you specify either @value{op-list} or
5597 @value{op-extract}, @command{tar} operates on all the archive members in the
5598 archive. If you specify any operation other than one of these three,
5599 @command{tar} does nothing.
5600
5601 By default, @command{tar} takes file names from the command line. However,
5602 there are other ways to specify file or member names, or to modify the
5603 manner in which @command{tar} selects the files or members upon which to
5604 operate. @FIXME{add xref here}In general, these methods work both for
5605 specifying the names of files and archive members.
5606
5607 @node files
5608 @section Reading Names from a File
5609
5610 @cindex Reading file names from a file
5611 @cindex Lists of file names
5612 @cindex File Name arguments, alternatives
5613 Instead of giving the names of files or archive members on the command
5614 line, you can put the names into a file, and then use the
5615 @value{op-files-from} option to @command{tar}. Give the name of the file
5616 which contains the list of files to include as the argument to
5617 @option{--files-from}. In the list, the file names should be separated by
5618 newlines. You will frequently use this option when you have generated
5619 the list of files to archive with the @command{find} utility.
5620
5621 @table @option
5622 @item --files-from=@var{file name}
5623 @itemx -T @var{file name}
5624 Get names to extract or create from file @var{file name}.
5625 @end table
5626
5627 If you give a single dash as a file name for @option{--files-from}, (i.e.,
5628 you specify either @code{--files-from=-} or @code{-T -}), then the file
5629 names are read from standard input.
5630
5631 Unless you are running @command{tar} with @option{--create}, you can not use
5632 both @code{--files-from=-} and @code{--file=-} (@code{-f -}) in the same
5633 command.
5634
5635 Any number of @option{-T} options can be given in the command line.
5636
5637 @FIXME{add bob's example, from his message on 2-10-97}
5638
5639 The following example shows how to use @command{find} to generate a list of
5640 files smaller than 400K in length and put that list into a file
5641 called @file{small-files}. You can then use the @option{-T} option to
5642 @command{tar} to specify the files from that file, @file{small-files}, to
5643 create the archive @file{little.tgz}. (The @option{-z} option to
5644 @command{tar} compresses the archive with @command{gzip}; @pxref{gzip} for
5645 more information.)
5646
5647 @smallexample
5648 $ @kbd{find . -size -400 -print > small-files}
5649 $ @kbd{tar -c -v -z -T small-files -f little.tgz}
5650 @end smallexample
5651
5652 @noindent
5653 In the file list given by @option{-T} option, any file name beginning
5654 with @samp{-} character is considered a @command{tar} option and is
5655 processed accordingly.@footnote{Versions of @GNUTAR{} up to 1.15.1
5656 recognized only @option{-C} option in file lists, and only if the
5657 option and its argument occupied two consecutive lines.} For example,
5658 the common use of this feature is to change to another directory by
5659 specifying @option{-C} option:
5660
5661 @smallexample
5662 @group
5663 $ @kbd{cat list}
5664 -C/etc
5665 passwd
5666 hosts
5667 -C/lib
5668 libc.a
5669 $ @kbd{tar -c -f foo.tar --files-from list}
5670 @end group
5671 @end smallexample
5672
5673 @noindent
5674 In this example, @command{tar} will first switch to @file{/etc}
5675 directory and add files @file{passwd} and @file{hosts} to the
5676 archive. Then it will change to @file{/lib} directory and will archive
5677 the file @file{libc.a}. Thus, the resulting archive @file{foo.tar} will
5678 contain:
5679
5680 @smallexample
5681 @group
5682 $ @kbd{tar tf foo.tar}
5683 passwd
5684 hosts
5685 libc.a
5686 @end group
5687 @end smallexample
5688
5689 @noindent
5690 Notice that the option parsing algorithm used with @option{-T} is
5691 stricter than the one used by shell. Namely, when specifying option
5692 arguments, you should observe the following rules:
5693
5694 @itemize @bullet
5695 @item
5696 When using short (single-letter) option form, its argument must
5697 immediately follow the option letter, without any intervening
5698 whitespace. For example: @code{-Cdir}.
5699
5700 @item
5701 When using long option form, the option argument must be separated
5702 from the option by a single equal sign. No whitespace is allowed on
5703 any side of the equal sign. For example: @code{--directory=dir}.
5704
5705 @item
5706 For both short and long option forms, the option argument can be given
5707 on the next line after the option name, e.g.:
5708
5709 @smallexample
5710 @group
5711 --directory
5712 dir
5713 @end group
5714 @end smallexample
5715
5716 @noindent
5717 and
5718
5719 @smallexample
5720 @group
5721 -C
5722 dir
5723 @end group
5724 @end smallexample
5725 @end itemize
5726
5727 @cindex @option{--add-file}
5728 If you happen to have a file whose name starts with @samp{-},
5729 precede it with @option{--add-file} option to prevent it from
5730 being recognized as an option. For example: @code{--add-file --my-file}.
5731
5732 @menu
5733 * nul::
5734 @end menu
5735
5736 @node nul
5737 @subsection @code{NUL} Terminated File Names
5738
5739 @cindex File names, terminated by @code{NUL}
5740 @cindex @code{NUL} terminated file names
5741 The @value{op-null} option causes @value{op-files-from} to read file
5742 names terminated by a @code{NUL} instead of a newline, so files whose
5743 names contain newlines can be archived using @option{--files-from}.
5744
5745 @table @option
5746 @item --null
5747 Only consider @code{NUL} terminated file names, instead of files that
5748 terminate in a newline.
5749 @end table
5750
5751 The @value{op-null} option is just like the one in @acronym{GNU}
5752 @command{xargs} and @command{cpio}, and is useful with the
5753 @option{-print0} predicate of @acronym{GNU} @command{find}. In
5754 @command{tar}, @value{op-null} also disables special handling for
5755 file names that begin with dash.
5756
5757 This example shows how to use @command{find} to generate a list of files
5758 larger than 800K in length and put that list into a file called
5759 @file{long-files}. The @option{-print0} option to @command{find} is just
5760 like @option{-print}, except that it separates files with a @code{NUL}
5761 rather than with a newline. You can then run @command{tar} with both the
5762 @option{--null} and @option{-T} options to specify that @command{tar} get the
5763 files from that file, @file{long-files}, to create the archive
5764 @file{big.tgz}. The @option{--null} option to @command{tar} will cause
5765 @command{tar} to recognize the @code{NUL} separator between files.
5766
5767 @smallexample
5768 $ @kbd{find . -size +800 -print0 > long-files}
5769 $ @kbd{tar -c -v --null --files-from=long-files --file=big.tar}
5770 @end smallexample
5771
5772 @FIXME{say anything else here to conclude the section?}
5773
5774 @node exclude
5775 @section Excluding Some Files
5776 @cindex File names, excluding files by
5777 @cindex Excluding files by name and pattern
5778 @cindex Excluding files by file system
5779 @UNREVISED
5780
5781 To avoid operating on files whose names match a particular pattern,
5782 use the @value{op-exclude} or @value{op-exclude-from} options.
5783
5784 @table @option
5785 @item --exclude=@var{pattern}
5786 Causes @command{tar} to ignore files that match the @var{pattern}.
5787 @end table
5788
5789 @findex exclude
5790 The @value{op-exclude} option prevents any file or member whose name
5791 matches the shell wildcard (@var{pattern}) from being operated on.
5792 For example, to create an archive with all the contents of the directory
5793 @file{src} except for files whose names end in @file{.o}, use the
5794 command @samp{tar -cf src.tar --exclude='*.o' src}.
5795
5796 You may give multiple @option{--exclude} options.
5797
5798 @table @option
5799 @item --exclude-from=@var{file}
5800 @itemx -X @var{file}
5801 Causes @command{tar} to ignore files that match the patterns listed in
5802 @var{file}.
5803 @end table
5804
5805 @findex exclude-from
5806 Use the @option{--exclude-from=@var{file-of-patterns}} option to read a
5807 list of patterns, one per line, from @var{file}; @command{tar} will
5808 ignore files matching those patterns. Thus if @command{tar} is
5809 called as @w{@samp{tar -c -X foo .}} and the file @file{foo} contains a
5810 single line @file{*.o}, no files whose names end in @file{.o} will be
5811 added to the archive.
5812
5813 @FIXME{do the exclude options files need to have stuff separated by
5814 newlines the same as the files-from option does?}
5815
5816 @table @option
5817 @item --exclude-caches
5818 Causes @command{tar} to ignore directories containing a cache directory tag.
5819 @end table
5820
5821 @findex exclude-caches
5822 When creating an archive,
5823 the @option{--exclude-caches} option
5824 causes @command{tar} to exclude all directories
5825 that contain a @dfn{cache directory tag}.
5826 A cache directory tag is a short file
5827 with the well-known name @file{CACHEDIR.TAG}
5828 and having a standard header
5829 specified in @url{http://www.brynosaurus.com/cachedir/spec.html}.
5830 Various applications write cache directory tags
5831 into directories they use to hold regenerable, non-precious data,
5832 so that such data can be more easily excluded from backups.
5833
5834 @menu
5835 * controlling pattern-patching with exclude::
5836 * problems with exclude::
5837 @end menu
5838
5839 @node controlling pattern-patching with exclude
5840 @unnumberedsubsec Controlling Pattern-Matching with the @code{exclude} Options
5841
5842 Normally, a pattern matches a name if an initial subsequence of the
5843 name's components matches the pattern, where @samp{*}, @samp{?}, and
5844 @samp{[...]} are the usual shell wildcards, @samp{\} escapes wildcards,
5845 and wildcards can match @samp{/}.
5846
5847 Other than optionally stripping leading @samp{/} from names
5848 (@pxref{absolute}), patterns and names are used as-is. For
5849 example, trailing @samp{/} is not trimmed from a user-specified name
5850 before deciding whether to exclude it.
5851
5852 However, this matching procedure can be altered by the options listed
5853 below. These options accumulate. For example:
5854
5855 @smallexample
5856 --ignore-case --exclude='makefile' --no-ignore-case ---exclude='readme'
5857 @end smallexample
5858
5859 ignores case when excluding @samp{makefile}, but not when excluding
5860 @samp{readme}.
5861
5862 @table @option
5863 @item --anchored
5864 @itemx --no-anchored
5865 If anchored, a pattern must match an initial subsequence
5866 of the name's components. Otherwise, the pattern can match any
5867 subsequence. Default is @option{--no-anchored}.
5868
5869 @item --ignore-case
5870 @itemx --no-ignore-case
5871 When ignoring case, upper-case patterns match lower-case names and vice versa.
5872 When not ignoring case (the default), matching is case-sensitive.
5873
5874 @item --wildcards
5875 @itemx --no-wildcards
5876 When using wildcards (the default), @samp{*}, @samp{?}, and @samp{[...]}
5877 are the usual shell wildcards, and @samp{\} escapes wildcards.
5878 Otherwise, none of these characters are special, and patterns must match
5879 names literally.
5880
5881 @item --wildcards-match-slash
5882 @itemx --no-wildcards-match-slash
5883 When wildcards match slash (the default), a wildcard like @samp{*} in
5884 the pattern can match a @samp{/} in the name. Otherwise, @samp{/} is
5885 matched only by @samp{/}.
5886
5887 @end table
5888
5889 The @option{--recursion} and @option{--no-recursion} options
5890 (@pxref{recurse}) also affect how exclude patterns are interpreted. If
5891 recursion is in effect, a pattern excludes a name if it matches any of
5892 the name's parent directories.
5893
5894 @node problems with exclude
5895 @unnumberedsubsec Problems with Using the @code{exclude} Options
5896
5897 Some users find @samp{exclude} options confusing. Here are some common
5898 pitfalls:
5899
5900 @itemize @bullet
5901 @item
5902 The main operating mode of @command{tar} does not act on a path name
5903 explicitly listed on the command line if one of its file name
5904 components is excluded. In the example above, if
5905 you create an archive and exclude files that end with @samp{*.o}, but
5906 explicitly name the file @samp{dir.o/foo} after all the options have been
5907 listed, @samp{dir.o/foo} will be excluded from the archive.
5908
5909 @item
5910 You can sometimes confuse the meanings of @value{op-exclude} and
5911 @value{op-exclude-from}. Be careful: use @value{op-exclude} when files
5912 to be excluded are given as a pattern on the command line. Use
5913 @option{--exclude-from=@var{file-of-patterns}} to introduce the name of a
5914 file which contains a list of patterns, one per line; each of these
5915 patterns can exclude zero, one, or many files.
5916
5917 @item
5918 When you use @value{op-exclude}, be sure to quote the @var{pattern}
5919 parameter, so @GNUTAR{} sees wildcard characters
5920 like @samp{*}. If you do not do this, the shell might expand the
5921 @samp{*} itself using files at hand, so @command{tar} might receive a
5922 list of files instead of one pattern, or none at all, making the
5923 command somewhat illegal. This might not correspond to what you want.
5924
5925 For example, write:
5926
5927 @smallexample
5928 $ @kbd{tar -c -f @var{archive.tar} --exclude '*.o' @var{directory}}
5929 @end smallexample
5930
5931 @noindent
5932 rather than:
5933
5934 @smallexample
5935 $ @kbd{tar -c -f @var{archive.tar} --exclude *.o @var{directory}}
5936 @end smallexample
5937
5938 @item
5939 You must use use shell syntax, or globbing, rather than @code{regexp}
5940 syntax, when using exclude options in @command{tar}. If you try to use
5941 @code{regexp} syntax to describe files to be excluded, your command
5942 might fail.
5943
5944 @item
5945 In earlier versions of @command{tar}, what is now the
5946 @option{--exclude-from=@var{file-of-patterns}} option was called
5947 @option{--exclude=@var{pattern}} instead. Now,
5948 @option{--exclude=@var{pattern}} applies to patterns listed on the command
5949 line and @option{--exclude-from=@var{file-of-patterns}} applies to
5950 patterns listed in a file.
5951
5952 @end itemize
5953
5954 @node Wildcards
5955 @section Wildcards Patterns and Matching
5956
5957 @dfn{Globbing} is the operation by which @dfn{wildcard} characters,
5958 @samp{*} or @samp{?} for example, are replaced and expanded into all
5959 existing files matching the given pattern. However, @command{tar} often
5960 uses wildcard patterns for matching (or globbing) archive members instead
5961 of actual files in the filesystem. Wildcard patterns are also used for
5962 verifying volume labels of @command{tar} archives. This section has the
5963 purpose of explaining wildcard syntax for @command{tar}.
5964
5965 @FIXME{the next few paragraphs need work.}
5966
5967 A @var{pattern} should be written according to shell syntax, using wildcard
5968 characters to effect globbing. Most characters in the pattern stand
5969 for themselves in the matched string, and case is significant: @samp{a}
5970 will match only @samp{a}, and not @samp{A}. The character @samp{?} in the
5971 pattern matches any single character in the matched string. The character
5972 @samp{*} in the pattern matches zero, one, or more single characters in
5973 the matched string. The character @samp{\} says to take the following
5974 character of the pattern @emph{literally}; it is useful when one needs to
5975 match the @samp{?}, @samp{*}, @samp{[} or @samp{\} characters, themselves.
5976
5977 The character @samp{[}, up to the matching @samp{]}, introduces a character
5978 class. A @dfn{character class} is a list of acceptable characters
5979 for the next single character of the matched string. For example,
5980 @samp{[abcde]} would match any of the first five letters of the alphabet.
5981 Note that within a character class, all of the ``special characters''
5982 listed above other than @samp{\} lose their special meaning; for example,
5983 @samp{[-\\[*?]]} would match any of the characters, @samp{-}, @samp{\},
5984 @samp{[}, @samp{*}, @samp{?}, or @samp{]}. (Due to parsing constraints,
5985 the characters @samp{-} and @samp{]} must either come @emph{first} or
5986 @emph{last} in a character class.)
5987
5988 @cindex Excluding characters from a character class
5989 @cindex Character class, excluding characters from
5990 If the first character of the class after the opening @samp{[}
5991 is @samp{!} or @samp{^}, then the meaning of the class is reversed.
5992 Rather than listing character to match, it lists those characters which
5993 are @emph{forbidden} as the next single character of the matched string.
5994
5995 Other characters of the class stand for themselves. The special
5996 construction @samp{[@var{a}-@var{e}]}, using an hyphen between two
5997 letters, is meant to represent all characters between @var{a} and
5998 @var{e}, inclusive.
5999
6000 @FIXME{need to add a sentence or so here to make this clear for those
6001 who don't have dan around.}
6002
6003 Periods (@samp{.}) or forward slashes (@samp{/}) are not considered
6004 special for wildcard matches. However, if a pattern completely matches
6005 a directory prefix of a matched string, then it matches the full matched
6006 string: excluding a directory also excludes all the files beneath it.
6007
6008 @node after
6009 @section Operating Only on New Files
6010 @cindex Excluding file by age
6011 @cindex Modification time, excluding files by
6012 @cindex Age, excluding files by
6013 @UNREVISED
6014
6015 The @value{op-after-date} option causes @command{tar} to only work on files
6016 whose modification or inode-changed times are newer than the @var{date}
6017 given. If @var{date} starts with @samp{/} or @samp{.}, it is taken to
6018 be a file name; the last-modified time of that file is used as the date.
6019 If you use this option when creating or appending to an archive,
6020 the archive will only include new files. If you use @option{--after-date}
6021 when extracting an archive, @command{tar} will only extract files newer
6022 than the @var{date} you specify.
6023
6024 If you only want @command{tar} to make the date comparison based on
6025 modification of the actual contents of the file (rather than inode
6026 changes), then use the @value{op-newer-mtime} option.
6027
6028 You may use these options with any operation. Note that these options
6029 differ from the @value{op-update} operation in that they allow you to
6030 specify a particular date against which @command{tar} can compare when
6031 deciding whether or not to archive the files.
6032
6033 @table @option
6034 @item --after-date=@var{date}
6035 @itemx --newer=@var{date}
6036 @itemx -N @var{date}
6037 Only store files newer than @var{date}.
6038
6039 Acts on files only if their modification or inode-changed times are
6040 later than @var{date}. Use in conjunction with any operation.
6041
6042 If @var{date} starts with @samp{/} or @samp{.}, it is taken to be a file
6043 name; the last-modified time of that file is used as the date.
6044
6045 @item --newer-mtime=@var{date}
6046 Acts like @value{op-after-date}, but only looks at modification times.
6047 @end table
6048
6049 These options limit @command{tar} to only operating on files which have
6050 been modified after the date specified. A file is considered to have
6051 changed if the contents have been modified, or if the owner,
6052 permissions, and so forth, have been changed. (For more information on
6053 how to specify a date, see @ref{Date input formats}; remember that the
6054 entire date argument must be quoted if it contains any spaces.)
6055
6056 Gurus would say that @value{op-after-date} tests both the @code{mtime}
6057 (time the contents of the file were last modified) and @code{ctime}
6058 (time the file's status was last changed: owner, permissions, etc)
6059 fields, while @value{op-newer-mtime} tests only @code{mtime} field.
6060
6061 To be precise, @value{op-after-date} checks @emph{both} @code{mtime} and
6062 @code{ctime} and processes the file if either one is more recent than
6063 @var{date}, while @value{op-newer-mtime} only checks @code{mtime} and
6064 disregards @code{ctime}. Neither uses @code{atime} (the last time the
6065 contents of the file were looked at).
6066
6067 Date specifiers can have embedded spaces. Because of this, you may need
6068 to quote date arguments to keep the shell from parsing them as separate
6069 arguments.
6070
6071 @FIXME{Need example of --newer-mtime with quoted argument.}
6072
6073 @quotation
6074 @strong{Please Note:} @value{op-after-date} and @value{op-newer-mtime}
6075 should not be used for incremental backups. Some files (such as those
6076 in renamed directories) are not selected properly by these options.
6077 @xref{Incremental Dumps}.
6078 @end quotation
6079
6080 @noindent
6081 @FIXME{which tells -- need to fill this in!}
6082
6083 @node recurse
6084 @section Descending into Directories
6085 @cindex Avoiding recursion in directories
6086 @cindex Descending directories, avoiding
6087 @cindex Directories, avoiding recursion
6088 @cindex Recursion in directories, avoiding
6089 @UNREVISED
6090
6091 @FIXME{arrggh! this is still somewhat confusing to me. :-< }
6092
6093 @FIXME{show dan bob's comments, from 2-10-97}
6094
6095 Usually, @command{tar} will recursively explore all directories (either
6096 those given on the command line or through the @value{op-files-from}
6097 option) for the various files they contain. However, you may not always
6098 want @command{tar} to act this way.
6099
6100 The @value{op-no-recursion} option inhibits @command{tar}'s recursive descent
6101 into specified directories. If you specify @option{--no-recursion}, you can
6102 use the @command{find} utility for hunting through levels of directories to
6103 construct a list of file names which you could then pass to @command{tar}.
6104 @command{find} allows you to be more selective when choosing which files to
6105 archive; see @ref{files} for more information on using @command{find} with
6106 @command{tar}, or look.
6107
6108 @table @option
6109 @item --no-recursion
6110 Prevents @command{tar} from recursively descending directories.
6111
6112 @item --recursion
6113 Requires @command{tar} to recursively descend directories.
6114 This is the default.
6115 @end table
6116
6117 When you use @option{--no-recursion}, @GNUTAR{} grabs
6118 directory entries themselves, but does not descend on them
6119 recursively. Many people use @command{find} for locating files they
6120 want to back up, and since @command{tar} @emph{usually} recursively
6121 descends on directories, they have to use the @samp{@w{! -d}} option
6122 to @command{find} @FIXME{needs more explanation or a cite to another
6123 info file}as they usually do not want all the files in a directory.
6124 They then use the @value{op-files-from} option to archive the files
6125 located via @command{find}.
6126
6127 The problem when restoring files archived in this manner is that the
6128 directories themselves are not in the archive; so the
6129 @value{op-same-permissions} option does not affect them---while users
6130 might really like it to. Specifying @value{op-no-recursion} is a way to
6131 tell @command{tar} to grab only the directory entries given to it, adding
6132 no new files on its own.
6133
6134 The @value{op-no-recursion} option also applies when extracting: it
6135 causes @command{tar} to extract only the matched directory entries, not
6136 the files under those directories.
6137
6138 The @value{op-no-recursion} option also affects how exclude patterns
6139 are interpreted (@pxref{controlling pattern-patching with exclude}).
6140
6141 The @option{--no-recursion} and @option{--recursion} options apply to
6142 later options and operands, and can be overridden by later occurrences
6143 of @option{--no-recursion} and @option{--recursion}. For example:
6144
6145 @smallexample
6146 $ @kbd{tar -cf jams.tar --norecursion grape --recursion grape/concord}
6147 @end smallexample
6148
6149 @noindent
6150 creates an archive with one entry for @file{grape}, and the recursive
6151 contents of @file{grape/concord}, but no entries under @file{grape}
6152 other than @file{grape/concord}.
6153
6154 @node one
6155 @section Crossing Filesystem Boundaries
6156 @cindex File system boundaries, not crossing
6157 @UNREVISED
6158
6159 @command{tar} will normally automatically cross file system boundaries in
6160 order to archive files which are part of a directory tree. You can
6161 change this behavior by running @command{tar} and specifying
6162 @value{op-one-file-system}. This option only affects files that are
6163 archived because they are in a directory that is being archived;
6164 @command{tar} will still archive files explicitly named on the command line
6165 or through @value{op-files-from}, regardless of where they reside.
6166
6167 @table @option
6168 @item --one-file-system
6169 @itemx -l
6170 Prevents @command{tar} from crossing file system boundaries when
6171 archiving. Use in conjunction with any write operation.
6172 @end table
6173
6174 The @option{--one-file-system} option causes @command{tar} to modify its
6175 normal behavior in archiving the contents of directories. If a file in
6176 a directory is not on the same filesystem as the directory itself, then
6177 @command{tar} will not archive that file. If the file is a directory
6178 itself, @command{tar} will not archive anything beneath it; in other words,
6179 @command{tar} will not cross mount points.
6180
6181 It is reported that using this option, the mount point is is archived,
6182 but nothing under it.
6183
6184 This option is useful for making full or incremental archival backups of
6185 a file system. If this option is used in conjunction with
6186 @value{op-verbose}, files that are excluded are mentioned by name on the
6187 standard error.
6188
6189 @menu
6190 * directory:: Changing Directory
6191 * absolute:: Absolute File Names
6192 @end menu
6193
6194 @node directory
6195 @subsection Changing the Working Directory
6196
6197 @FIXME{need to read over this node now for continuity; i've switched
6198 things around some.}
6199
6200 @cindex Changing directory mid-stream
6201 @cindex Directory, changing mid-stream
6202 @cindex Working directory, specifying
6203 @UNREVISED
6204
6205 To change the working directory in the middle of a list of file names,
6206 either on the command line or in a file specified using
6207 @value{op-files-from}, use @value{op-directory}. This will change the
6208 working directory to the directory @var{directory} after that point in
6209 the list.
6210
6211 @table @option
6212 @item --directory=@var{directory}
6213 @itemx -C @var{directory}
6214 Changes the working directory in the middle of a command line.
6215 @end table
6216
6217 For example,
6218
6219 @smallexample
6220 $ @kbd{tar -c -f jams.tar grape prune -C food cherry}
6221 @end smallexample
6222
6223 @noindent
6224 will place the files @file{grape} and @file{prune} from the current
6225 directory into the archive @file{jams.tar}, followed by the file
6226 @file{cherry} from the directory @file{food}. This option is especially
6227 useful when you have several widely separated files that you want to
6228 store in the same archive.
6229
6230 Note that the file @file{cherry} is recorded in the archive under the
6231 precise name @file{cherry}, @emph{not} @file{food/cherry}. Thus, the
6232 archive will contain three files that all appear to have come from the
6233 same directory; if the archive is extracted with plain @samp{tar
6234 --extract}, all three files will be written in the current directory.
6235
6236 Contrast this with the command,
6237
6238 @smallexample
6239 $ @kbd{tar -c -f jams.tar grape prune -C food red/cherry}
6240 @end smallexample
6241
6242 @noindent
6243 which records the third file in the archive under the name
6244 @file{red/cherry} so that, if the archive is extracted using
6245 @samp{tar --extract}, the third file will be written in a subdirectory
6246 named @file{orange-colored}.
6247
6248 You can use the @option{--directory} option to make the archive
6249 independent of the original name of the directory holding the files.
6250 The following command places the files @file{/etc/passwd},
6251 @file{/etc/hosts}, and @file{/lib/libc.a} into the archive
6252 @file{foo.tar}:
6253
6254 @smallexample
6255 $ @kbd{tar -c -f foo.tar -C /etc passwd hosts -C /lib libc.a}
6256 @end smallexample
6257
6258 @noindent
6259 However, the names of the archive members will be exactly what they were
6260 on the command line: @file{passwd}, @file{hosts}, and @file{libc.a}.
6261 They will not appear to be related by file name to the original
6262 directories where those files were located.
6263
6264 Note that @option{--directory} options are interpreted consecutively. If
6265 @option{--directory} specifies a relative file name, it is interpreted
6266 relative to the then current directory, which might not be the same as
6267 the original current working directory of @command{tar}, due to a previous
6268 @option{--directory} option.
6269
6270 When using @option{--files-from} (@pxref{files}), you can put various
6271 @command{tar} options (including @option{-C}) in the file list. Notice,
6272 however, that in this case the option and its argument may not be
6273 separated by whitespace. If you use short option, its argument must
6274 either follow the option letter immediately, without any intervening
6275 whitespace, or occupy the next line. Otherwise, if you use long
6276 option, separate its argument by an equal sign.
6277
6278 For instance, the file list for the above example will be:
6279
6280 @smallexample
6281 @group
6282 -C
6283 /etc
6284 passwd
6285 hosts
6286 -C
6287 /lib
6288 libc.a
6289 @end group
6290 @end smallexample
6291
6292 @noindent
6293 To use it, you would invoke @command{tar} as follows:
6294
6295 @smallexample
6296 $ @kbd{tar -c -f foo.tar --files-from list}
6297 @end smallexample
6298
6299 Notice also that you can only use the short option variant in the file
6300 list, i.e., always use @option{-C}, not @option{--directory}.
6301
6302 The interpretation of @value{op-directory} is disabled by
6303 @value{op-null} option.
6304
6305 @node absolute
6306 @subsection Absolute File Names
6307 @UNREVISED
6308
6309 @table @option
6310 @item -P
6311 @itemx --absolute-names
6312 Do not strip leading slashes from file names, and permit file names
6313 containing a @file{..} file name component.
6314 @end table
6315
6316 By default, @GNUTAR{} drops a leading @samp{/} on
6317 input or output, and complains about file names containing a @file{..}
6318 component. This option turns off this behavior.
6319
6320 When @command{tar} extracts archive members from an archive, it strips any
6321 leading slashes (@samp{/}) from the member name. This causes absolute
6322 member names in the archive to be treated as relative file names. This
6323 allows you to have such members extracted wherever you want, instead of
6324 being restricted to extracting the member in the exact directory named
6325 in the archive. For example, if the archive member has the name
6326 @file{/etc/passwd}, @command{tar} will extract it as if the name were
6327 really @file{etc/passwd}.
6328
6329 File names containing @file{..} can cause problems when extracting, so
6330 @command{tar} normally warns you about such files when creating an
6331 archive, and rejects attempts to extracts such files.
6332
6333 Other @command{tar} programs do not do this. As a result, if you
6334 create an archive whose member names start with a slash, they will be
6335 difficult for other people with a non-@GNUTAR{}
6336 program to use. Therefore, @GNUTAR{} also strips
6337 leading slashes from member names when putting members into the
6338 archive. For example, if you ask @command{tar} to add the file
6339 @file{/bin/ls} to an archive, it will do so, but the member name will
6340 be @file{bin/ls}.@footnote{A side effect of this is that when
6341 @option{--create} is used with @option{--verbose} the resulting output
6342 is not, generally speaking, the same as the one you'd get running
6343 @kbd{tar --list} command. This may be important if you use some
6344 scripts for comparing both outputs. @xref{listing member and file names},
6345 for the information on how to handle this case.}
6346
6347 If you use the @value{op-absolute-names} option, @command{tar} will do
6348 none of these transformations.
6349
6350 To archive or extract files relative to the root directory, specify
6351 the @value{op-absolute-names} option.
6352
6353 Normally, @command{tar} acts on files relative to the working
6354 directory---ignoring superior directory names when archiving, and
6355 ignoring leading slashes when extracting.
6356
6357 When you specify @value{op-absolute-names}, @command{tar} stores file names
6358 including all superior directory names, and preserves leading slashes.
6359 If you only invoked @command{tar} from the root directory you would never
6360 need the @value{op-absolute-names} option, but using this option may be
6361 more convenient than switching to root.
6362
6363 @FIXME{Should be an example in the tutorial/wizardry section using this
6364 to transfer files between systems.}
6365
6366 @FIXME{Is write access an issue?}
6367
6368 @table @option
6369 @item --absolute-names
6370 Preserves full file names (including superior directory names) when
6371 archiving files. Preserves leading slash when extracting files.
6372
6373 @end table
6374
6375 @FIXME{this is still horrible; need to talk with dan on monday.}
6376
6377 @command{tar} prints out a message about removing the @samp{/} from
6378 file names. This message appears once per @GNUTAR{}
6379 invocation. It represents something which ought to be told; ignoring
6380 what it means can cause very serious surprises, later.
6381
6382 Some people, nevertheless, do not want to see this message. Wanting to
6383 play really dangerously, one may of course redirect @command{tar} standard
6384 error to the sink. For example, under @command{sh}:
6385
6386 @smallexample
6387 $ @kbd{tar -c -f archive.tar /home 2> /dev/null}
6388 @end smallexample
6389
6390 @noindent
6391 Another solution, both nicer and simpler, would be to change to
6392 the @file{/} directory first, and then avoid absolute notation.
6393 For example:
6394
6395 @smallexample
6396 $ @kbd{(cd / && tar -c -f archive.tar home)}
6397 $ @kbd{tar -c -f archive.tar -C / home}
6398 @end smallexample
6399
6400 @include getdate.texi
6401
6402 @node Formats
6403 @chapter Controlling the Archive Format
6404
6405 Due to historical reasons, there are several formats of tar archives.
6406 All of them are based on the same principles, but have some subtle
6407 differences that often make them incompatible with each other.
6408
6409 GNU tar is able to create and handle archives in a variety of formats.
6410 The most frequently used formats are (in alphabetical order):
6411
6412 @table @asis
6413 @item gnu
6414 Format used by @GNUTAR{} versions up to 1.13.25. This format derived
6415 from an early @acronym{POSIX} standard, adding some improvements such as
6416 sparse file handling and incremental archives. Unfortunately these
6417 features were implemented in a way incompatible with other archive
6418 formats.
6419
6420 Archives in @samp{gnu} format are able to hold pathnames of unlimited
6421 length.
6422
6423 @item oldgnu
6424 Format used by @GNUTAR{} of versions prior to 1.12.
6425
6426 @item v7
6427 Archive format, compatible with the V7 implementation of tar. This
6428 format imposes a number of limitations. The most important of them
6429 are:
6430
6431 @enumerate
6432 @item The maximum length of a file name is limited to 99 characters.
6433 @item The maximum length of a symbolic link is limited to 99 characters.
6434 @item It is impossible to store special files (block and character
6435 devices, fifos etc.)
6436 @item Maximum value of user or group ID is limited to 2097151 (7777777
6437 octal)
6438 @item V7 archives do not contain symbolic ownership information (user
6439 and group name of the file owner).
6440 @end enumerate
6441
6442 This format has traditionally been used by Automake when producing
6443 Makefiles. This practice will change in the future, in the meantime,
6444 however this means that projects containing filenames more than 99
6445 characters long will not be able to use @GNUTAR{} @value{VERSION} and
6446 Automake prior to 1.9.
6447
6448 @item ustar
6449 Archive format defined by @acronym{POSIX.1-1988} specification. It stores
6450 symbolic ownership information. It is also able to store
6451 special files. However, it imposes several restrictions as well:
6452
6453 @enumerate
6454 @item The maximum length of a file name is limited to 256 characters,
6455 provided that the filename can be split at directory separator in
6456 two parts, first of them being at most 155 bytes long. So, in most
6457 cases the maximum file name length will be shorter than 256
6458 characters.
6459 @item The maximum length of a symbolic link name is limited to
6460 100 characters.
6461 @item Maximum size of a file the archive is able to accomodate
6462 is 8GB
6463 @item Maximum value of UID/GID is 2097151.
6464 @item Maximum number of bits in device major and minor numbers is 21.
6465 @end enumerate
6466
6467 @item star
6468 Format used by J@"org Schilling @command{star}
6469 implementation. @GNUTAR{} is able to read @samp{star} archives but
6470 currently does not produce them.
6471
6472 @item posix
6473 Archive format defined by @acronym{POSIX.1-2001} specification. This is the
6474 most flexible and feature-rich format. It does not impose any
6475 restrictions on file sizes or filename lengths. This format is quite
6476 recent, so not all tar implementations are able to handle it properly.
6477 However, this format is designed in such a way that any tar
6478 implementation able to read @samp{ustar} archives will be able to read
6479 most @samp{posix} archives as well, with the only exception that any
6480 additional information (such as long file names etc.) will in such
6481 case be extracted as plain text files along with the files it refers to.
6482
6483 This archive format will be the default format for future versions
6484 of @GNUTAR{}.
6485
6486 @end table
6487
6488 The following table summarizes the limitations of each of these
6489 formats:
6490
6491 @multitable @columnfractions .10 .20 .20 .20 .20
6492 @headitem Format @tab UID @tab File Size @tab Path Name @tab Devn
6493 @item gnu @tab 1.8e19 @tab Unlimited @tab Unlimited @tab 63
6494 @item oldgnu @tab 1.8e19 @tab Unlimited @tab Unlimited @tab 63
6495 @item v7 @tab 2097151 @tab 8GB @tab 99 @tab n/a
6496 @item ustar @tab 2097151 @tab 8GB @tab 256 @tab 21
6497 @item posix @tab Unlimited @tab Unlimited @tab Unlimited @tab Unlimited
6498 @end multitable
6499
6500 The default format for @GNUTAR{} is defined at compilation
6501 time. You may check it by running @command{tar --help}, and examining
6502 the last lines of its output. Usually, @GNUTAR{} is configured
6503 to create archives in @samp{gnu} format, however, future version will
6504 switch to @samp{posix}.
6505
6506 @menu
6507 * Portability:: Making @command{tar} Archives More Portable
6508 * Compression:: Using Less Space through Compression
6509 * Attributes:: Handling File Attributes
6510 * Standard:: The Standard Format
6511 * Extensions:: @acronym{GNU} Extensions to the Archive Format
6512 * cpio:: Comparison of @command{tar} and @command{cpio}
6513 @end menu
6514
6515 @node Portability
6516 @section Making @command{tar} Archives More Portable
6517
6518 Creating a @command{tar} archive on a particular system that is meant to be
6519 useful later on many other machines and with other versions of @command{tar}
6520 is more challenging than you might think. @command{tar} archive formats
6521 have been evolving since the first versions of Unix. Many such formats
6522 are around, and are not always compatible with each other. This section
6523 discusses a few problems, and gives some advice about making @command{tar}
6524 archives more portable.
6525
6526 One golden rule is simplicity. For example, limit your @command{tar}
6527 archives to contain only regular files and directories, avoiding
6528 other kind of special files. Do not attempt to save sparse files or
6529 contiguous files as such. Let's discuss a few more problems, in turn.
6530
6531 @menu
6532 * Portable Names:: Portable Names
6533 * dereference:: Symbolic Links
6534 * old:: Old V7 Archives
6535 * ustar:: Ustar Archives
6536 * gnu:: GNU and old GNU format archives.
6537 * posix:: @acronym{POSIX} archives
6538 * Checksumming:: Checksumming Problems
6539 * Large or Negative Values:: Large files, negative time stamps, etc.
6540 @end menu
6541
6542 @node Portable Names
6543 @subsection Portable Names
6544
6545 Use portable file and member names. A name is portable if it contains
6546 only ASCII letters and digits, @samp{/}, @samp{.}, @samp{_}, and
6547 @samp{-}; it cannot be empty, start with @samp{-} or @samp{//}, or
6548 contain @samp{/-}. Avoid deep directory nesting. For portability to
6549 old Unix hosts, limit your file name components to 14 characters or
6550 less.
6551
6552 If you intend to have your @command{tar} archives to be read under
6553 MSDOS, you should not rely on case distinction for file names, and you
6554 might use the @acronym{GNU} @command{doschk} program for helping you
6555 further diagnosing illegal MSDOS names, which are even more limited
6556 than System V's.
6557
6558 @node dereference
6559 @subsection Symbolic Links
6560 @cindex File names, using symbolic links
6561 @cindex Symbolic link as file name
6562
6563 Normally, when @command{tar} archives a symbolic link, it writes a
6564 block to the archive naming the target of the link. In that way, the
6565 @command{tar} archive is a faithful record of the filesystem contents.
6566 @value{op-dereference} is used with @value{op-create}, and causes
6567 @command{tar} to archive the files symbolic links point to, instead of
6568 the links themselves. When this option is used, when @command{tar}
6569 encounters a symbolic link, it will archive the linked-to file,
6570 instead of simply recording the presence of a symbolic link.
6571
6572 The name under which the file is stored in the file system is not
6573 recorded in the archive. To record both the symbolic link name and
6574 the file name in the system, archive the file under both names. If
6575 all links were recorded automatically by @command{tar}, an extracted file
6576 might be linked to a file name that no longer exists in the file
6577 system.
6578
6579 If a linked-to file is encountered again by @command{tar} while creating
6580 the same archive, an entire second copy of it will be stored. (This
6581 @emph{might} be considered a bug.)
6582
6583 So, for portable archives, do not archive symbolic links as such,
6584 and use @value{op-dereference}: many systems do not support
6585 symbolic links, and moreover, your distribution might be unusable if
6586 it contains unresolved symbolic links.
6587
6588 @node old
6589 @subsection Old V7 Archives
6590 @cindex Format, old style
6591 @cindex Old style format
6592 @cindex Old style archives
6593
6594 Certain old versions of @command{tar} cannot handle additional
6595 information recorded by newer @command{tar} programs. To create an
6596 archive in V7 format (not ANSI), which can be read by these old
6597 versions, specify the @value{op-format-v7} option in
6598 conjunction with the @value{op-create} (@command{tar} also
6599 accepts @option{--portability} or @samp{op-old-archive} for this
6600 option). When you specify it,
6601 @command{tar} leaves out information about directories, pipes, fifos,
6602 contiguous files, and device files, and specifies file ownership by
6603 group and user IDs instead of group and user names.
6604
6605 When updating an archive, do not use @value{op-format-v7}
6606 unless the archive was created using this option.
6607
6608 In most cases, a @emph{new} format archive can be read by an @emph{old}
6609 @command{tar} program without serious trouble, so this option should
6610 seldom be needed. On the other hand, most modern @command{tar}s are
6611 able to read old format archives, so it might be safer for you to
6612 always use @value{op-format-v7} for your distributions.
6613
6614 @node ustar
6615 @subsection Ustar Archive Format
6616
6617 Archive format defined by @acronym{POSIX}.1-1988 specification is called
6618 @code{ustar}. Although it is more flexible than the V7 format, it
6619 still has many restrictions (@xref{Formats,ustar}, for the detailed
6620 description of @code{ustar} format). Along with V7 format,
6621 @code{ustar} format is a good choice for archives intended to be read
6622 with other implementations of @command{tar}.
6623
6624 To create archive in @code{ustar} format, use @value{op-format-ustar}
6625 option in conjunction with the @value{op-create}.
6626
6627 @node gnu
6628 @subsection @acronym{GNU} and old @GNUTAR{} format
6629
6630 @GNUTAR{} was based on an early draft of the
6631 @acronym{POSIX} 1003.1 @code{ustar} standard. @acronym{GNU} extensions to
6632 @command{tar}, such as the support for file names longer than 100
6633 characters, use portions of the @command{tar} header record which were
6634 specified in that @acronym{POSIX} draft as unused. Subsequent changes in
6635 @acronym{POSIX} have allocated the same parts of the header record for
6636 other purposes. As a result, @GNUTAR{} format is
6637 incompatible with the current @acronym{POSIX} specification, and with
6638 @command{tar} programs that follow it.
6639
6640 In the majority of cases, @command{tar} will be configured to create
6641 this format by default. This will change in the future releases, since
6642 we plan to make @samp{posix} format the default.
6643
6644 To force creation a @GNUTAR{} archive, use option
6645 @value{op-format-gnu}.
6646
6647 Some @command{tar} options are currently basing on @GNUTAR{}
6648 format, and can therefore be used only with @samp{gnu}
6649 or @samp{oldgnu} archive formats. The list of such options follows:
6650
6651 @itemize @bullet
6652 @item @value{op-label}, when used with @value{op-create}.
6653 @item @value{op-incremental}
6654 @item @value{op-multi-volume}
6655 @end itemize
6656
6657 These options will be re-implemented for the @samp{posix} archive
6658 format in the future.
6659
6660 @node posix
6661 @subsection @GNUTAR{} and @acronym{POSIX} @command{tar}
6662
6663 The version @value{VERSION} of @GNUTAR{} is able
6664 to read and create archives conforming to @acronym{POSIX.1-2001} standard.
6665
6666 A @acronym{POSIX} conformant archive will be created if @command{tar}
6667 was given @value{op-format-posix} option.
6668 Notice, that currently @acronym{GNU} extensions are not
6669 allowed with this format. Following is the list of options that
6670 cannot be used with @value{op-format-posix}:
6671
6672 @itemize @bullet
6673 @item @value{op-label}, when used with @value{op-create}.
6674 @item @value{op-incremental}
6675 @item @value{op-multi-volume}
6676 @end itemize
6677
6678 This restriction will disappear in the future versions.
6679
6680 @node Checksumming
6681 @subsection Checksumming Problems
6682
6683 SunOS and HP-UX @command{tar} fail to accept archives created using
6684 @GNUTAR{} and containing non-ASCII file names, that
6685 is, file names having characters with the eight bit set, because they
6686 use signed checksums, while @GNUTAR{} uses unsigned
6687 checksums while creating archives, as per @acronym{POSIX} standards. On
6688 reading, @GNUTAR{} computes both checksums and
6689 accept any. It is somewhat worrying that a lot of people may go
6690 around doing backup of their files using faulty (or at least
6691 non-standard) software, not learning about it until it's time to
6692 restore their missing files with an incompatible file extractor, or
6693 vice versa.
6694
6695 @GNUTAR{} compute checksums both ways, and accept
6696 any on read, so @acronym{GNU} tar can read Sun tapes even with their
6697 wrong checksums. @GNUTAR{} produces the standard
6698 checksum, however, raising incompatibilities with Sun. That is to
6699 say, @GNUTAR{} has not been modified to
6700 @emph{produce} incorrect archives to be read by buggy @command{tar}'s.
6701 I've been told that more recent Sun @command{tar} now read standard
6702 archives, so maybe Sun did a similar patch, after all?
6703
6704 The story seems to be that when Sun first imported @command{tar}
6705 sources on their system, they recompiled it without realizing that
6706 the checksums were computed differently, because of a change in
6707 the default signing of @code{char}'s in their compiler. So they
6708 started computing checksums wrongly. When they later realized their
6709 mistake, they merely decided to stay compatible with it, and with
6710 themselves afterwards. Presumably, but I do not really know, HP-UX
6711 has chosen that their @command{tar} archives to be compatible with Sun's.
6712 The current standards do not favor Sun @command{tar} format. In any
6713 case, it now falls on the shoulders of SunOS and HP-UX users to get
6714 a @command{tar} able to read the good archives they receive.
6715
6716 @node Large or Negative Values
6717 @subsection Large or Negative Values
6718 @cindex large values
6719 @cindex future time stamps
6720 @cindex negative time stamps
6721
6722 @acronym{POSIX} @command{tar} format uses fixed-sized unsigned octal strings
6723 to represent numeric values. User and group IDs and device major and
6724 minor numbers have unsigned 21-bit representations, and file sizes and
6725 times have unsigned 33-bit representations. @GNUTAR{}
6726 generates @acronym{POSIX} representations when possible, but for values
6727 outside the @acronym{POSIX} range it generates two's-complement base-256
6728 strings: uids, gids, and device numbers have signed 57-bit
6729 representations, and file sizes and times have signed 89-bit
6730 representations. These representations are an extension to @acronym{POSIX}
6731 @command{tar} format, so they are not universally portable.
6732
6733 The most common portability problems with out-of-range numeric values
6734 are large files and future or negative time stamps.
6735
6736 Portable archives should avoid members of 8 GB or larger, as @acronym{POSIX}
6737 @command{tar} format cannot represent them.
6738
6739 Portable archives should avoid time stamps from the future. @acronym{POSIX}
6740 @command{tar} format can represent time stamps in the range 1970-01-01
6741 00:00:00 through 2242-03-16 12:56:31 @sc{utc}. However, many current
6742 hosts use a signed 32-bit @code{time_t}, or internal time stamp format,
6743 and cannot represent time stamps after 2038-01-19 03:14:07 @sc{utc}; so
6744 portable archives must avoid these time stamps for many years to come.
6745
6746 Portable archives should also avoid time stamps before 1970. These time
6747 stamps are a common @acronym{POSIX} extension but their @code{time_t}
6748 representations are negative. Many traditional @command{tar}
6749 implementations generate a two's complement representation for negative
6750 time stamps that assumes a signed 32-bit @code{time_t}; hence they
6751 generate archives that are not portable to hosts with differing
6752 @code{time_t} representations. @GNUTAR{} recognizes this
6753 situation when it is run on host with a signed 32-bit @code{time_t}, but
6754 it issues a warning, as these time stamps are nonstandard and unportable.
6755
6756 @node Compression
6757 @section Using Less Space through Compression
6758
6759 @menu
6760 * gzip:: Creating and Reading Compressed Archives
6761 * sparse:: Archiving Sparse Files
6762 @end menu
6763
6764 @node gzip
6765 @subsection Creating and Reading Compressed Archives
6766 @cindex Compressed archives
6767 @cindex Storing archives in compressed format
6768
6769 @GNUTAR{} is able to create and read compressed archives. It supports
6770 @command{gzip} and @command{bzip2} compression programs. For backward
6771 compatibilty, it also supports @command{compress} command, although
6772 we strongly recommend against using it, since there is a patent
6773 covering the algorithm it uses and you could be sued for patent
6774 infringement merely by running @command{compress}! Besides, it is less
6775 effective than @command{gzip} and @command{bzip2}.
6776
6777 Creating a compressed archive is simple: you just specify a
6778 @dfn{compression option} along with the usual archive creation
6779 commands. The compression option is @option{-z} (@option{--gzip}) to
6780 create a @command{gzip} compressed archive, @option{-j}
6781 (@option{--bzip2}) to create a @command{bzip2} compressed archive, and
6782 @option{-Z} (@option{--compress}) to use @command{compress} program.
6783 For example:
6784
6785 @smallexample
6786 $ @kbd{tar cfz archive.tar.gz .}
6787 @end smallexample
6788
6789 Reading compressed archive is even simpler: you don't need to specify
6790 any additional options as @GNUTAR{} recognizes its format
6791 automatically. Thus, the following commands will list and extract the
6792 archive created in previous example:
6793
6794 @smallexample
6795 # List the compressed archive
6796 $ @kbd{tar tf archive.tar.gz}
6797 # Extract the compressed archive
6798 $ @kbd{tar xf archive.tar.gz}
6799 @end smallexample
6800
6801 The only case when you have to specify a decompression option while
6802 reading the archive is when reading from a pipe or from a tape drive
6803 that does not support random access. However, in this case @GNUTAR{}
6804 will indicate which option you should use. For example:
6805
6806 @smallexample
6807 $ @kbd{cat archive.tar.gz | tar tf -}
6808 tar: Archive is compressed. Use -z option
6809 tar: Error is not recoverable: exiting now
6810 @end smallexample
6811
6812 If you see such diagnostics, just add the suggested option to the
6813 invocation of @GNUTAR{}:
6814
6815 @smallexample
6816 $ @kbd{cat archive.tar.gz | tar tfz -}
6817 @end smallexample
6818
6819 Notice also, that there are several restrictions on operations on
6820 compressed archives. First of all, compressed archives cannot be
6821 modified, i.e., you cannot update (@value{op-update}) them or delete
6822 (@value{op-delete}) members from them. Likewise, you cannot append
6823 another @command{tar} archive to a compressed archive using
6824 @value{op-append}). Secondly, multi-volume archives cannot be
6825 compressed.
6826
6827 The following table summarizes compression options used by @GNUTAR{}.
6828
6829 @table @option
6830 @item -z
6831 @itemx --gzip
6832 @itemx --ungzip
6833 Filter the archive through @command{gzip}.
6834
6835 You can use @option{--gzip} and @option{--gunzip} on physical devices
6836 (tape drives, etc.) and remote files as well as on normal files; data
6837 to or from such devices or remote files is reblocked by another copy
6838 of the @command{tar} program to enforce the specified (or default) record
6839 size. The default compression parameters are used; if you need to
6840 override them, set @env{GZIP} environment variable, e.g.:
6841
6842 @smallexample
6843 $ @kbd{GZIP=--best tar cfz archive.tar.gz subdir}
6844 @end smallexample
6845
6846 @noindent
6847 Another way would be to avoid the @value{op-gzip} option and run
6848 @command{gzip} explicitly:
6849
6850 @smallexample
6851 $ @kbd{tar cf - subdir | gzip --best -c - > archive.tar.gz}
6852 @end smallexample
6853
6854 @cindex corrupted archives
6855 About corrupted compressed archives: @command{gzip}'ed files have no
6856 redundancy, for maximum compression. The adaptive nature of the
6857 compression scheme means that the compression tables are implicitly
6858 spread all over the archive. If you lose a few blocks, the dynamic
6859 construction of the compression tables becomes unsynchronized, and there
6860 is little chance that you could recover later in the archive.
6861
6862 There are pending suggestions for having a per-volume or per-file
6863 compression in @GNUTAR{}. This would allow for viewing the
6864 contents without decompression, and for resynchronizing decompression at
6865 every volume or file, in case of corrupted archives. Doing so, we might
6866 lose some compressibility. But this would have make recovering easier.
6867 So, there are pros and cons. We'll see!
6868
6869 @item -j
6870 @itemx --bzip2
6871 Filter the archive through @code{bzip2}. Otherwise like @value{op-gzip}.
6872
6873 @item -Z
6874 @itemx --compress
6875 @itemx --uncompress
6876 Filter the archive through @command{compress}. Otherwise like
6877 @value{op-gzip}.
6878
6879 The @acronym{GNU} Project recommends you not use
6880 @command{compress}, because there is a patent covering the algorithm it
6881 uses. You could be sued for patent infringement merely by running
6882 @command{compress}.
6883
6884 @item --use-compress-program=@var{prog}
6885 Use external compression program @var{prog}. Use this option if you
6886 have a compression program that @GNUTAR{} does not support. There
6887 are two requirements to which @var{prog} should comply:
6888
6889 First, when called without options, it should read data from standard
6890 input, compress it and output it on standard output.
6891
6892 Secondly, if called with @option{-d} argument, it should do exactly
6893 the opposite, i.e., read the compressed data from the standard input
6894 and produce uncompressed data on the standard output.
6895 @end table
6896
6897 @FIXME{I have one question, or maybe it's a suggestion if there isn't a way
6898 to do it now. I would like to use @value{op-gzip}, but I'd also like
6899 the output to be fed through a program like @acronym{GNU}
6900 @command{ecc} (actually, right now that's @samp{exactly} what I'd like
6901 to use :-)), basically adding ECC protection on top of compression.
6902 It seems as if this should be quite easy to do, but I can't work out
6903 exactly how to go about it. Of course, I can pipe the standard output
6904 of @command{tar} through @command{ecc}, but then I lose (though I
6905 haven't started using it yet, I confess) the ability to have
6906 @command{tar} use @command{rmt} for it's I/O (I think).
6907
6908 I think the most straightforward thing would be to let me specify a
6909 general set of filters outboard of compression (preferably ordered,
6910 so the order can be automatically reversed on input operations, and
6911 with the options they require specifiable), but beggars shouldn't be
6912 choosers and anything you decide on would be fine with me.
6913
6914 By the way, I like @command{ecc} but if (as the comments say) it can't
6915 deal with loss of block sync, I'm tempted to throw some time at adding
6916 that capability. Supposing I were to actually do such a thing and
6917 get it (apparently) working, do you accept contributed changes to
6918 utilities like that? (Leigh Clayton @file{loc@@soliton.com}, May 1995).
6919
6920 Isn't that exactly the role of the @value{op-use-compress-prog} option?
6921 I never tried it myself, but I suspect you may want to write a
6922 @var{prog} script or program able to filter stdin to stdout to
6923 way you want. It should recognize the @option{-d} option, for when
6924 extraction is needed rather than creation.
6925
6926 It has been reported that if one writes compressed data (through the
6927 @value{op-gzip} or @value{op-compress} options) to a DLT and tries to use
6928 the DLT compression mode, the data will actually get bigger and one will
6929 end up with less space on the tape.}
6930
6931 @node sparse
6932 @subsection Archiving Sparse Files
6933 @cindex Sparse Files
6934 @UNREVISED
6935
6936 @table @option
6937 @item -S
6938 @itemx --sparse
6939 Handle sparse files efficiently.
6940 @end table
6941
6942 This option causes all files to be put in the archive to be tested for
6943 sparseness, and handled specially if they are. The @value{op-sparse}
6944 option is useful when many @code{dbm} files, for example, are being
6945 backed up. Using this option dramatically decreases the amount of
6946 space needed to store such a file.
6947
6948 In later versions, this option may be removed, and the testing and
6949 treatment of sparse files may be done automatically with any special
6950 @acronym{GNU} options. For now, it is an option needing to be specified on
6951 the command line with the creation or updating of an archive.
6952
6953 Files in the filesystem occasionally have ``holes.'' A hole in a file
6954 is a section of the file's contents which was never written. The
6955 contents of a hole read as all zeros. On many operating systems,
6956 actual disk storage is not allocated for holes, but they are counted
6957 in the length of the file. If you archive such a file, @command{tar}
6958 could create an archive longer than the original. To have @command{tar}
6959 attempt to recognize the holes in a file, use @value{op-sparse}. When
6960 you use the @value{op-sparse} option, then, for any file using less
6961 disk space than would be expected from its length, @command{tar} searches
6962 the file for consecutive stretches of zeros. It then records in the
6963 archive for the file where the consecutive stretches of zeros are, and
6964 only archives the ``real contents'' of the file. On extraction (using
6965 @value{op-sparse} is not needed on extraction) any such files have
6966 holes created wherever the continuous stretches of zeros were found.
6967 Thus, if you use @value{op-sparse}, @command{tar} archives won't take
6968 more space than the original.
6969
6970 A file is sparse if it contains blocks of zeros whose existence is
6971 recorded, but that have no space allocated on disk. When you specify
6972 the @value{op-sparse} option in conjunction with the @value{op-create}
6973 operation, @command{tar} tests all files for sparseness while archiving.
6974 If @command{tar} finds a file to be sparse, it uses a sparse representation of
6975 the file in the archive. @value{xref-create}, for more information
6976 about creating archives.
6977
6978 @value{op-sparse} is useful when archiving files, such as dbm files,
6979 likely to contain many nulls. This option dramatically
6980 decreases the amount of space needed to store such an archive.
6981
6982 @quotation
6983 @strong{Please Note:} Always use @value{op-sparse} when performing file
6984 system backups, to avoid archiving the expanded forms of files stored
6985 sparsely in the system.
6986
6987 Even if your system has no sparse files currently, some may be
6988 created in the future. If you use @value{op-sparse} while making file
6989 system backups as a matter of course, you can be assured the archive
6990 will never take more space on the media than the files take on disk
6991 (otherwise, archiving a disk filled with sparse files might take
6992 hundreds of tapes). @FIXME-xref{incremental when node name is set.}
6993 @end quotation
6994
6995 @command{tar} ignores the @value{op-sparse} option when reading an archive.
6996
6997 @table @option
6998 @item --sparse
6999 @itemx -S
7000 Files stored sparsely in the file system are represented sparsely in
7001 the archive. Use in conjunction with write operations.
7002 @end table
7003
7004 However, users should be well aware that at archive creation time,
7005 @GNUTAR{} still has to read whole disk file to
7006 locate the @dfn{holes}, and so, even if sparse files use little space
7007 on disk and in the archive, they may sometimes require inordinate
7008 amount of time for reading and examining all-zero blocks of a file.
7009 Although it works, it's painfully slow for a large (sparse) file, even
7010 though the resulting tar archive may be small. (One user reports that
7011 dumping a @file{core} file of over 400 megabytes, but with only about
7012 3 megabytes of actual data, took about 9 minutes on a Sun Sparcstation
7013 ELC, with full CPU utilization.)
7014
7015 This reading is required in all cases and is not related to the fact
7016 the @value{op-sparse} option is used or not, so by merely @emph{not}
7017 using the option, you are not saving time@footnote{Well! We should say
7018 the whole truth, here. When @value{op-sparse} is selected while creating
7019 an archive, the current @command{tar} algorithm requires sparse files to be
7020 read twice, not once. We hope to develop a new archive format for saving
7021 sparse files in which one pass will be sufficient.}.
7022
7023 Programs like @command{dump} do not have to read the entire file; by
7024 examining the file system directly, they can determine in advance
7025 exactly where the holes are and thus avoid reading through them. The
7026 only data it need read are the actual allocated data blocks.
7027 @GNUTAR{} uses a more portable and straightforward
7028 archiving approach, it would be fairly difficult that it does
7029 otherwise. Elizabeth Zwicky writes to @file{comp.unix.internals}, on
7030 1990-12-10:
7031
7032 @quotation
7033 What I did say is that you cannot tell the difference between a hole and an
7034 equivalent number of nulls without reading raw blocks. @code{st_blocks} at
7035 best tells you how many holes there are; it doesn't tell you @emph{where}.
7036 Just as programs may, conceivably, care what @code{st_blocks} is (care
7037 to name one that does?), they may also care where the holes are (I have
7038 no examples of this one either, but it's equally imaginable).
7039
7040 I conclude from this that good archivers are not portable. One can
7041 arguably conclude that if you want a portable program, you can in good
7042 conscience restore files with as many holes as possible, since you can't
7043 get it right.
7044 @end quotation
7045
7046 @node Attributes
7047 @section Handling File Attributes
7048 @UNREVISED
7049
7050 When @command{tar} reads files, this causes them to have the access
7051 times updated. To have @command{tar} attempt to set the access times
7052 back to what they were before they were read, use the
7053 @value{op-atime-preserve} option.
7054
7055 Handling of file attributes
7056
7057 @table @option
7058 @item --atime-preserve
7059 Preserve access times on files that are read.
7060 This doesn't work for files that
7061 you don't own, unless you're root, and it doesn't interact with
7062 incremental dumps nicely (@pxref{Backups}), and it can set access or
7063 modification times incorrectly if other programs access the file while
7064 @command{tar} is running; but it is good enough for some purposes.
7065
7066 @item -m
7067 @itemx --touch
7068 Do not extract file modified time.
7069
7070 When this option is used, @command{tar} leaves the modification times
7071 of the files it extracts as the time when the files were extracted,
7072 instead of setting it to the time recorded in the archive.
7073
7074 This option is meaningless with @value{op-list}.
7075
7076 @item --same-owner
7077 Create extracted files with the same ownership they have in the
7078 archive.
7079
7080 This is the default behavior for the superuser,
7081 so this option is meaningful only for non-root users, when @command{tar}
7082 is executed on those systems able to give files away. This is
7083 considered as a security flaw by many people, at least because it
7084 makes quite difficult to correctly account users for the disk space
7085 they occupy. Also, the @code{suid} or @code{sgid} attributes of
7086 files are easily and silently lost when files are given away.
7087
7088 When writing an archive, @command{tar} writes the user id and user name
7089 separately. If it can't find a user name (because the user id is not
7090 in @file{/etc/passwd}), then it does not write one. When restoring,
7091 and doing a @code{chmod} like when you use @value{op-same-permissions},
7092 @FIXME{same-owner?}it tries to look the name (if one was written)
7093 up in @file{/etc/passwd}. If it fails, then it uses the user id
7094 stored in the archive instead.
7095
7096 @item --no-same-owner
7097 @itemx -o
7098 Do not attempt to restore ownership when extracting. This is the
7099 default behavior for ordinary users, so this option has an effect
7100 only for the superuser.
7101
7102 @item --numeric-owner
7103 The @value{op-numeric-owner} option allows (ANSI) archives to be written
7104 without user/group name information or such information to be ignored
7105 when extracting. It effectively disables the generation and/or use
7106 of user/group name information. This option forces extraction using
7107 the numeric ids from the archive, ignoring the names.
7108
7109 This is useful in certain circumstances, when restoring a backup from
7110 an emergency floppy with different passwd/group files for example.
7111 It is otherwise impossible to extract files with the right ownerships
7112 if the password file in use during the extraction does not match the
7113 one belonging to the filesystem(s) being extracted. This occurs,
7114 for example, if you are restoring your files after a major crash and
7115 had booted from an emergency floppy with no password file or put your
7116 disk into another machine to do the restore.
7117
7118 The numeric ids are @emph{always} saved into @command{tar} archives.
7119 The identifying names are added at create time when provided by the
7120 system, unless @value{op-old-archive} is used. Numeric ids could be
7121 used when moving archives between a collection of machines using
7122 a centralized management for attribution of numeric ids to users
7123 and groups. This is often made through using the NIS capabilities.
7124
7125 When making a @command{tar} file for distribution to other sites, it
7126 is sometimes cleaner to use a single owner for all files in the
7127 distribution, and nicer to specify the write permission bits of the
7128 files as stored in the archive independently of their actual value on
7129 the file system. The way to prepare a clean distribution is usually
7130 to have some Makefile rule creating a directory, copying all needed
7131 files in that directory, then setting ownership and permissions as
7132 wanted (there are a lot of possible schemes), and only then making a
7133 @command{tar} archive out of this directory, before cleaning
7134 everything out. Of course, we could add a lot of options to
7135 @GNUTAR{} for fine tuning permissions and ownership.
7136 This is not the good way, I think. @GNUTAR{} is
7137 already crowded with options and moreover, the approach just explained
7138 gives you a great deal of control already.
7139
7140 @item -p
7141 @itemx --same-permissions
7142 @itemx --preserve-permissions
7143 Extract all protection information.
7144
7145 This option causes @command{tar} to set the modes (access permissions) of
7146 extracted files exactly as recorded in the archive. If this option
7147 is not used, the current @code{umask} setting limits the permissions
7148 on extracted files. This option is by default enabled when
7149 @command{tar} is executed by a superuser.
7150
7151
7152 This option is meaningless with @value{op-list}.
7153
7154 @item --preserve
7155 Same as both @value{op-same-permissions} and @value{op-same-order}.
7156
7157 The @value{op-preserve} option has no equivalent short option name.
7158 It is equivalent to @value{op-same-permissions} plus @value{op-same-order}.
7159
7160 @FIXME{I do not see the purpose of such an option. (Neither I. FP.)}
7161
7162 @end table
7163
7164 @node Standard
7165 @section Basic Tar Format
7166 @UNREVISED
7167
7168 While an archive may contain many files, the archive itself is a
7169 single ordinary file. Like any other file, an archive file can be
7170 written to a storage device such as a tape or disk, sent through a
7171 pipe or over a network, saved on the active file system, or even
7172 stored in another archive. An archive file is not easy to read or
7173 manipulate without using the @command{tar} utility or Tar mode in
7174 @acronym{GNU} Emacs.
7175
7176 Physically, an archive consists of a series of file entries terminated
7177 by an end-of-archive entry, which consists of two 512 blocks of zero
7178 bytes. A file
7179 entry usually describes one of the files in the archive (an
7180 @dfn{archive member}), and consists of a file header and the contents
7181 of the file. File headers contain file names and statistics, checksum
7182 information which @command{tar} uses to detect file corruption, and
7183 information about file types.
7184
7185 Archives are permitted to have more than one member with the same
7186 member name. One way this situation can occur is if more than one
7187 version of a file has been stored in the archive. For information
7188 about adding new versions of a file to an archive, see @ref{update}.
7189 @FIXME-xref{To learn more about having more than one archive member with the
7190 same name, see -backup node, when it's written.}
7191
7192 In addition to entries describing archive members, an archive may
7193 contain entries which @command{tar} itself uses to store information.
7194 @value{xref-label}, for an example of such an archive entry.
7195
7196 A @command{tar} archive file contains a series of blocks. Each block
7197 contains @code{BLOCKSIZE} bytes. Although this format may be thought
7198 of as being on magnetic tape, other media are often used.
7199
7200 Each file archived is represented by a header block which describes
7201 the file, followed by zero or more blocks which give the contents
7202 of the file. At the end of the archive file there are two 512-byte blocks
7203 filled with binary zeros as an end-of-file marker. A reasonable system
7204 should write such end-of-file marker at the end of an archive, but
7205 must not assume that such a block exists when reading an archive. In
7206 particular @GNUTAR{} always issues a warning if it does not encounter it.
7207
7208 The blocks may be @dfn{blocked} for physical I/O operations.
7209 Each record of @var{n} blocks (where @var{n} is set by the
7210 @value{op-blocking-factor} option to @command{tar}) is written with a single
7211 @w{@samp{write ()}} operation. On magnetic tapes, the result of
7212 such a write is a single record. When writing an archive,
7213 the last record of blocks should be written at the full size, with
7214 blocks after the zero block containing all zeros. When reading
7215 an archive, a reasonable system should properly handle an archive
7216 whose last record is shorter than the rest, or which contains garbage
7217 records after a zero block.
7218
7219 The header block is defined in C as follows. In the @GNUTAR{}
7220 distribution, this is part of file @file{src/tar.h}:
7221
7222 @smallexample
7223 @include header.texi
7224 @end smallexample
7225
7226 All characters in header blocks are represented by using 8-bit
7227 characters in the local variant of ASCII. Each field within the
7228 structure is contiguous; that is, there is no padding used within
7229 the structure. Each character on the archive medium is stored
7230 contiguously.
7231
7232 Bytes representing the contents of files (after the header block
7233 of each file) are not translated in any way and are not constrained
7234 to represent characters in any character set. The @command{tar} format
7235 does not distinguish text files from binary files, and no translation
7236 of file contents is performed.
7237
7238 The @code{name}, @code{linkname}, @code{magic}, @code{uname}, and
7239 @code{gname} are null-terminated character strings. All other fields
7240 are zero-filled octal numbers in ASCII. Each numeric field of width
7241 @var{w} contains @var{w} minus 1 digits, and a null.
7242
7243 The @code{name} field is the file name of the file, with directory names
7244 (if any) preceding the file name, separated by slashes.
7245
7246 @FIXME{how big a name before field overflows?}
7247
7248 The @code{mode} field provides nine bits specifying file permissions
7249 and three bits to specify the Set UID, Set GID, and Save Text
7250 (@dfn{sticky}) modes. Values for these bits are defined above.
7251 When special permissions are required to create a file with a given
7252 mode, and the user restoring files from the archive does not hold such
7253 permissions, the mode bit(s) specifying those special permissions
7254 are ignored. Modes which are not supported by the operating system
7255 restoring files from the archive will be ignored. Unsupported modes
7256 should be faked up when creating or updating an archive; e.g., the
7257 group permission could be copied from the @emph{other} permission.
7258
7259 The @code{uid} and @code{gid} fields are the numeric user and group
7260 ID of the file owners, respectively. If the operating system does
7261 not support numeric user or group IDs, these fields should be ignored.
7262
7263 The @code{size} field is the size of the file in bytes; linked files
7264 are archived with this field specified as zero. @FIXME-xref{Modifiers, in
7265 particular the @value{op-incremental} option.}
7266
7267 The @code{mtime} field is the modification time of the file at the time
7268 it was archived. It is the ASCII representation of the octal value of
7269 the last time the file was modified, represented as an integer number of
7270 seconds since January 1, 1970, 00:00 Coordinated Universal Time.
7271
7272 The @code{chksum} field is the ASCII representation of the octal value
7273 of the simple sum of all bytes in the header block. Each 8-bit
7274 byte in the header is added to an unsigned integer, initialized to
7275 zero, the precision of which shall be no less than seventeen bits.
7276 When calculating the checksum, the @code{chksum} field is treated as
7277 if it were all blanks.
7278
7279 The @code{typeflag} field specifies the type of file archived. If a
7280 particular implementation does not recognize or permit the specified
7281 type, the file will be extracted as if it were a regular file. As this
7282 action occurs, @command{tar} issues a warning to the standard error.
7283
7284 The @code{atime} and @code{ctime} fields are used in making incremental
7285 backups; they store, respectively, the particular file's access time
7286 and last inode-change time.
7287
7288 The @code{offset} is used by the @value{op-multi-volume} option, when
7289 making a multi-volume archive. The offset is number of bytes into
7290 the file that we need to restart at to continue the file on the next
7291 tape, i.e., where we store the location that a continued file is
7292 continued at.
7293
7294 The following fields were added to deal with sparse files. A file
7295 is @dfn{sparse} if it takes in unallocated blocks which end up being
7296 represented as zeros, i.e., no useful data. A test to see if a file
7297 is sparse is to look at the number blocks allocated for it versus the
7298 number of characters in the file; if there are fewer blocks allocated
7299 for the file than would normally be allocated for a file of that
7300 size, then the file is sparse. This is the method @command{tar} uses to
7301 detect a sparse file, and once such a file is detected, it is treated
7302 differently from non-sparse files.
7303
7304 Sparse files are often @code{dbm} files, or other database-type files
7305 which have data at some points and emptiness in the greater part of
7306 the file. Such files can appear to be very large when an @samp{ls
7307 -l} is done on them, when in truth, there may be a very small amount
7308 of important data contained in the file. It is thus undesirable
7309 to have @command{tar} think that it must back up this entire file, as
7310 great quantities of room are wasted on empty blocks, which can lead
7311 to running out of room on a tape far earlier than is necessary.
7312 Thus, sparse files are dealt with so that these empty blocks are
7313 not written to the tape. Instead, what is written to the tape is a
7314 description, of sorts, of the sparse file: where the holes are, how
7315 big the holes are, and how much data is found at the end of the hole.
7316 This way, the file takes up potentially far less room on the tape,
7317 and when the file is extracted later on, it will look exactly the way
7318 it looked beforehand. The following is a description of the fields
7319 used to handle a sparse file:
7320
7321 The @code{sp} is an array of @code{struct sparse}. Each @code{struct
7322 sparse} contains two 12-character strings which represent an offset
7323 into the file and a number of bytes to be written at that offset.
7324 The offset is absolute, and not relative to the offset in preceding
7325 array element.
7326
7327 The header can hold four of these @code{struct sparse} at the moment;
7328 if more are needed, they are not stored in the header.
7329
7330 The @code{isextended} flag is set when an @code{extended_header}
7331 is needed to deal with a file. Note that this means that this flag
7332 can only be set when dealing with a sparse file, and it is only set
7333 in the event that the description of the file will not fit in the
7334 allotted room for sparse structures in the header. In other words,
7335 an extended_header is needed.
7336
7337 The @code{extended_header} structure is used for sparse files which
7338 need more sparse structures than can fit in the header. The header can
7339 fit 4 such structures; if more are needed, the flag @code{isextended}
7340 gets set and the next block is an @code{extended_header}.
7341
7342 Each @code{extended_header} structure contains an array of 21
7343 sparse structures, along with a similar @code{isextended} flag
7344 that the header had. There can be an indeterminate number of such
7345 @code{extended_header}s to describe a sparse file.
7346
7347 @table @asis
7348
7349 @item @code{REGTYPE}
7350 @itemx @code{AREGTYPE}
7351 These flags represent a regular file. In order to be compatible
7352 with older versions of @command{tar}, a @code{typeflag} value of
7353 @code{AREGTYPE} should be silently recognized as a regular file.
7354 New archives should be created using @code{REGTYPE}. Also, for
7355 backward compatibility, @command{tar} treats a regular file whose name
7356 ends with a slash as a directory.
7357
7358 @item @code{LNKTYPE}
7359 This flag represents a file linked to another file, of any type,
7360 previously archived. Such files are identified in Unix by each
7361 file having the same device and inode number. The linked-to name is
7362 specified in the @code{linkname} field with a trailing null.
7363
7364 @item @code{SYMTYPE}
7365 This represents a symbolic link to another file. The linked-to name
7366 is specified in the @code{linkname} field with a trailing null.
7367
7368 @item @code{CHRTYPE}
7369 @itemx @code{BLKTYPE}
7370 These represent character special files and block special files
7371 respectively. In this case the @code{devmajor} and @code{devminor}
7372 fields will contain the major and minor device numbers respectively.
7373 Operating systems may map the device specifications to their own
7374 local specification, or may ignore the entry.
7375
7376 @item @code{DIRTYPE}
7377 This flag specifies a directory or sub-directory. The directory
7378 name in the @code{name} field should end with a slash. On systems where
7379 disk allocation is performed on a directory basis, the @code{size} field
7380 will contain the maximum number of bytes (which may be rounded to
7381 the nearest disk block allocation unit) which the directory may
7382 hold. A @code{size} field of zero indicates no such limiting. Systems
7383 which do not support limiting in this manner should ignore the
7384 @code{size} field.
7385
7386 @item @code{FIFOTYPE}
7387 This specifies a FIFO special file. Note that the archiving of a
7388 FIFO file archives the existence of this file and not its contents.
7389
7390 @item @code{CONTTYPE}
7391 This specifies a contiguous file, which is the same as a normal
7392 file except that, in operating systems which support it, all its
7393 space is allocated contiguously on the disk. Operating systems
7394 which do not allow contiguous allocation should silently treat this
7395 type as a normal file.
7396
7397 @item @code{A} @dots{} @code{Z}
7398 These are reserved for custom implementations. Some of these are
7399 used in the @acronym{GNU} modified format, as described below.
7400
7401 @end table
7402
7403 Other values are reserved for specification in future revisions of
7404 the P1003 standard, and should not be used by any @command{tar} program.
7405
7406 The @code{magic} field indicates that this archive was output in
7407 the P1003 archive format. If this field contains @code{TMAGIC},
7408 the @code{uname} and @code{gname} fields will contain the ASCII
7409 representation of the owner and group of the file respectively.
7410 If found, the user and group IDs are used rather than the values in
7411 the @code{uid} and @code{gid} fields.
7412
7413 For references, see ISO/IEC 9945-1:1990 or IEEE Std 1003.1-1990, pages
7414 169-173 (section 10.1) for @cite{Archive/Interchange File Format}; and
7415 IEEE Std 1003.2-1992, pages 380-388 (section 4.48) and pages 936-940
7416 (section E.4.48) for @cite{pax - Portable archive interchange}.
7417
7418 @node Extensions
7419 @section @acronym{GNU} Extensions to the Archive Format
7420 @UNREVISED
7421
7422 The @acronym{GNU} format uses additional file types to describe new types of
7423 files in an archive. These are listed below.
7424
7425 @table @code
7426 @item GNUTYPE_DUMPDIR
7427 @itemx 'D'
7428 This represents a directory and a list of files created by the
7429 @value{op-incremental} option. The @code{size} field gives the total
7430 size of the associated list of files. Each file name is preceded by
7431 either a @samp{Y} (the file should be in this archive) or an @samp{N}.
7432 (The file is a directory, or is not stored in the archive.) Each file
7433 name is terminated by a null. There is an additional null after the
7434 last file name.
7435
7436 @item GNUTYPE_MULTIVOL
7437 @itemx 'M'
7438 This represents a file continued from another volume of a multi-volume
7439 archive created with the @value{op-multi-volume} option. The original
7440 type of the file is not given here. The @code{size} field gives the
7441 maximum size of this piece of the file (assuming the volume does
7442 not end before the file is written out). The @code{offset} field
7443 gives the offset from the beginning of the file where this part of
7444 the file begins. Thus @code{size} plus @code{offset} should equal
7445 the original size of the file.
7446
7447 @item GNUTYPE_SPARSE
7448 @itemx 'S'
7449 This flag indicates that we are dealing with a sparse file. Note
7450 that archiving a sparse file requires special operations to find
7451 holes in the file, which mark the positions of these holes, along
7452 with the number of bytes of data to be found after the hole.
7453
7454 @item GNUTYPE_VOLHDR
7455 @itemx 'V'
7456 This file type is used to mark the volume header that was given with
7457 the @value{op-label} option when the archive was created. The @code{name}
7458 field contains the @code{name} given after the @value{op-label} option.
7459 The @code{size} field is zero. Only the first file in each volume
7460 of an archive should have this type.
7461
7462 @end table
7463
7464 You may have trouble reading a @acronym{GNU} format archive on a
7465 non-@acronym{GNU} system if the options @value{op-incremental},
7466 @value{op-multi-volume}, @value{op-sparse}, or @value{op-label} were
7467 used when writing the archive. In general, if @command{tar} does not
7468 use the @acronym{GNU}-added fields of the header, other versions of
7469 @command{tar} should be able to read the archive. Otherwise, the
7470 @command{tar} program will give an error, the most likely one being a
7471 checksum error.
7472
7473 @node cpio
7474 @section Comparison of @command{tar} and @command{cpio}
7475 @UNREVISED
7476
7477 @FIXME{Reorganize the following material}
7478
7479 The @command{cpio} archive formats, like @command{tar}, do have maximum
7480 pathname lengths. The binary and old ASCII formats have a max path
7481 length of 256, and the new ASCII and CRC ASCII formats have a max
7482 path length of 1024. @acronym{GNU} @command{cpio} can read and write archives
7483 with arbitrary pathname lengths, but other @command{cpio} implementations
7484 may crash unexplainedly trying to read them.
7485
7486 @command{tar} handles symbolic links in the form in which it comes in BSD;
7487 @command{cpio} doesn't handle symbolic links in the form in which it comes
7488 in System V prior to SVR4, and some vendors may have added symlinks
7489 to their system without enhancing @command{cpio} to know about them.
7490 Others may have enhanced it in a way other than the way I did it
7491 at Sun, and which was adopted by AT&T (and which is, I think, also
7492 present in the @command{cpio} that Berkeley picked up from AT&T and put
7493 into a later BSD release---I think I gave them my changes).
7494
7495 (SVR4 does some funny stuff with @command{tar}; basically, its @command{cpio}
7496 can handle @command{tar} format input, and write it on output, and it
7497 probably handles symbolic links. They may not have bothered doing
7498 anything to enhance @command{tar} as a result.)
7499
7500 @command{cpio} handles special files; traditional @command{tar} doesn't.
7501
7502 @command{tar} comes with V7, System III, System V, and BSD source;
7503 @command{cpio} comes only with System III, System V, and later BSD
7504 (4.3-tahoe and later).
7505
7506 @command{tar}'s way of handling multiple hard links to a file can handle
7507 file systems that support 32-bit inumbers (e.g., the BSD file system);
7508 @command{cpio}s way requires you to play some games (in its "binary"
7509 format, i-numbers are only 16 bits, and in its "portable ASCII" format,
7510 they're 18 bits---it would have to play games with the "file system ID"
7511 field of the header to make sure that the file system ID/i-number pairs
7512 of different files were always different), and I don't know which
7513 @command{cpio}s, if any, play those games. Those that don't might get
7514 confused and think two files are the same file when they're not, and
7515 make hard links between them.
7516
7517 @command{tar}s way of handling multiple hard links to a file places only
7518 one copy of the link on the tape, but the name attached to that copy
7519 is the @emph{only} one you can use to retrieve the file; @command{cpio}s
7520 way puts one copy for every link, but you can retrieve it using any
7521 of the names.
7522
7523 @quotation
7524 What type of check sum (if any) is used, and how is this calculated.
7525 @end quotation
7526
7527 See the attached manual pages for @command{tar} and @command{cpio} format.
7528 @command{tar} uses a checksum which is the sum of all the bytes in the
7529 @command{tar} header for a file; @command{cpio} uses no checksum.
7530
7531 @quotation
7532 If anyone knows why @command{cpio} was made when @command{tar} was present
7533 at the unix scene,
7534 @end quotation
7535
7536 It wasn't. @command{cpio} first showed up in PWB/UNIX 1.0; no
7537 generally-available version of UNIX had @command{tar} at the time. I don't
7538 know whether any version that was generally available @emph{within AT&T}
7539 had @command{tar}, or, if so, whether the people within AT&T who did
7540 @command{cpio} knew about it.
7541
7542 On restore, if there is a corruption on a tape @command{tar} will stop at
7543 that point, while @command{cpio} will skip over it and try to restore the
7544 rest of the files.
7545
7546 The main difference is just in the command syntax and header format.
7547
7548 @command{tar} is a little more tape-oriented in that everything is blocked
7549 to start on a record boundary.
7550
7551 @quotation
7552 Is there any differences between the ability to recover crashed
7553 archives between the two of them. (Is there any chance of recovering
7554 crashed archives at all.)
7555 @end quotation
7556
7557 Theoretically it should be easier under @command{tar} since the blocking
7558 lets you find a header with some variation of @samp{dd skip=@var{nn}}.
7559 However, modern @command{cpio}'s and variations have an option to just
7560 search for the next file header after an error with a reasonable chance
7561 of resyncing. However, lots of tape driver software won't allow you to
7562 continue past a media error which should be the only reason for getting
7563 out of sync unless a file changed sizes while you were writing the
7564 archive.
7565
7566 @quotation
7567 If anyone knows why @command{cpio} was made when @command{tar} was present
7568 at the unix scene, please tell me about this too.
7569 @end quotation
7570
7571 Probably because it is more media efficient (by not blocking everything
7572 and using only the space needed for the headers where @command{tar}
7573 always uses 512 bytes per file header) and it knows how to archive
7574 special files.
7575
7576 You might want to look at the freely available alternatives. The
7577 major ones are @command{afio}, @GNUTAR{}, and
7578 @command{pax}, each of which have their own extensions with some
7579 backwards compatibility.
7580
7581 Sparse files were @command{tar}red as sparse files (which you can
7582 easily test, because the resulting archive gets smaller, and
7583 @acronym{GNU} @command{cpio} can no longer read it).
7584
7585 @node Media
7586 @chapter Tapes and Other Archive Media
7587 @UNREVISED
7588
7589 A few special cases about tape handling warrant more detailed
7590 description. These special cases are discussed below.
7591
7592 Many complexities surround the use of @command{tar} on tape drives. Since
7593 the creation and manipulation of archives located on magnetic tape was
7594 the original purpose of @command{tar}, it contains many features making
7595 such manipulation easier.
7596
7597 Archives are usually written on dismountable media---tape cartridges,
7598 mag tapes, or floppy disks.
7599
7600 The amount of data a tape or disk holds depends not only on its size,
7601 but also on how it is formatted. A 2400 foot long reel of mag tape
7602 holds 40 megabytes of data when formatted at 1600 bits per inch. The
7603 physically smaller EXABYTE tape cartridge holds 2.3 gigabytes.
7604
7605 Magnetic media are re-usable---once the archive on a tape is no longer
7606 needed, the archive can be erased and the tape or disk used over.
7607 Media quality does deteriorate with use, however. Most tapes or disks
7608 should be discarded when they begin to produce data errors. EXABYTE
7609 tape cartridges should be discarded when they generate an @dfn{error
7610 count} (number of non-usable bits) of more than 10k.
7611
7612 Magnetic media are written and erased using magnetic fields, and
7613 should be protected from such fields to avoid damage to stored data.
7614 Sticking a floppy disk to a filing cabinet using a magnet is probably
7615 not a good idea.
7616
7617 @menu
7618 * Device:: Device selection and switching
7619 * Remote Tape Server::
7620 * Common Problems and Solutions::
7621 * Blocking:: Blocking
7622 * Many:: Many archives on one tape
7623 * Using Multiple Tapes:: Using Multiple Tapes
7624 * label:: Including a Label in the Archive
7625 * verify::
7626 * Write Protection::
7627 @end menu
7628
7629 @node Device
7630 @section Device Selection and Switching
7631 @UNREVISED
7632
7633 @table @option
7634 @item -f [@var{hostname}:]@var{file}
7635 @itemx --file=[@var{hostname}:]@var{file}
7636 Use archive file or device @var{file} on @var{hostname}.
7637 @end table
7638
7639 This option is used to specify the file name of the archive @command{tar}
7640 works on.
7641
7642 If the file name is @samp{-}, @command{tar} reads the archive from standard
7643 input (when listing or extracting), or writes it to standard output
7644 (when creating). If the @samp{-} file name is given when updating an
7645 archive, @command{tar} will read the original archive from its standard
7646 input, and will write the entire new archive to its standard output.
7647
7648 If the file name contains a @samp{:}, it is interpreted as
7649 @samp{hostname:file name}. If the @var{hostname} contains an @dfn{at}
7650 sign (@samp{@@}), it is treated as @samp{user@@hostname:file name}. In
7651 either case, @command{tar} will invoke the command @command{rsh} (or
7652 @command{remsh}) to start up an @command{/usr/libexec/rmt} on the remote
7653 machine. If you give an alternate login name, it will be given to the
7654 @command{rsh}.
7655 Naturally, the remote machine must have an executable
7656 @command{/usr/libexec/rmt}. This program is free software from the
7657 University of California, and a copy of the source code can be found
7658 with the sources for @command{tar}; it's compiled and installed by default.
7659 The exact path to this utility is determined when configuring the package.
7660 It is @file{@var{prefix}/libexec/rmt}, where @var{prefix} stands for
7661 your installation prefix. This location may also be overridden at
7662 runtime by using @value{op-rmt-command} option (@xref{Option Summary,
7663 ---rmt-command}, for detailed description of this option. @xref{Remote
7664 Tape Server}, for the description of @command{rmt} command).
7665
7666 If this option is not given, but the environment variable @env{TAPE}
7667 is set, its value is used; otherwise, old versions of @command{tar}
7668 used a default archive name (which was picked when @command{tar} was
7669 compiled). The default is normally set up to be the @dfn{first} tape
7670 drive or other transportable I/O medium on the system.
7671
7672 Starting with version 1.11.5, @GNUTAR{} uses
7673 standard input and standard output as the default device, and I will
7674 not try anymore supporting automatic device detection at installation
7675 time. This was failing really in too many cases, it was hopeless.
7676 This is now completely left to the installer to override standard
7677 input and standard output for default device, if this seems
7678 preferable. Further, I think @emph{most} actual usages of
7679 @command{tar} are done with pipes or disks, not really tapes,
7680 cartridges or diskettes.
7681
7682 Some users think that using standard input and output is running
7683 after trouble. This could lead to a nasty surprise on your screen if
7684 you forget to specify an output file name---especially if you are going
7685 through a network or terminal server capable of buffering large amounts
7686 of output. We had so many bug reports in that area of configuring
7687 default tapes automatically, and so many contradicting requests, that
7688 we finally consider the problem to be portably intractable. We could
7689 of course use something like @samp{/dev/tape} as a default, but this
7690 is @emph{also} running after various kind of trouble, going from hung
7691 processes to accidental destruction of real tapes. After having seen
7692 all this mess, using standard input and output as a default really
7693 sounds like the only clean choice left, and a very useful one too.
7694
7695 @GNUTAR{} reads and writes archive in records, I
7696 suspect this is the main reason why block devices are preferred over
7697 character devices. Most probably, block devices are more efficient
7698 too. The installer could also check for @samp{DEFTAPE} in
7699 @file{<sys/mtio.h>}.
7700
7701 @table @option
7702 @item --force-local
7703 Archive file is local even if it contains a colon.
7704
7705 @item --rsh-command=@var{command}
7706 Use remote @var{command} instead of @command{rsh}. This option exists
7707 so that people who use something other than the standard @command{rsh}
7708 (e.g., a Kerberized @command{rsh}) can access a remote device.
7709
7710 When this command is not used, the shell command found when
7711 the @command{tar} program was installed is used instead. This is
7712 the first found of @file{/usr/ucb/rsh}, @file{/usr/bin/remsh},
7713 @file{/usr/bin/rsh}, @file{/usr/bsd/rsh} or @file{/usr/bin/nsh}.
7714 The installer may have overridden this by defining the environment
7715 variable @env{RSH} @emph{at installation time}.
7716
7717 @item -[0-7][lmh]
7718 Specify drive and density.
7719
7720 @item -M
7721 @itemx --multi-volume
7722 Create/list/extract multi-volume archive.
7723
7724 This option causes @command{tar} to write a @dfn{multi-volume} archive---one
7725 that may be larger than will fit on the medium used to hold it.
7726 @xref{Multi-Volume Archives}.
7727
7728 @item -L @var{num}
7729 @itemx --tape-length=@var{num}
7730 Change tape after writing @var{num} x 1024 bytes.
7731
7732 This option might be useful when your tape drivers do not properly
7733 detect end of physical tapes. By being slightly conservative on the
7734 maximum tape length, you might avoid the problem entirely.
7735
7736 @item -F @var{file}
7737 @itemx --info-script=@var{file}
7738 @itemx --new-volume-script=@var{file}
7739 Execute @file{file} at end of each tape. If @file{file} exits with
7740 nonzero status, exit. This implies @value{op-multi-volume}.
7741 @end table
7742
7743 @node Remote Tape Server
7744 @section The Remote Tape Server
7745
7746 @cindex remote tape drive
7747 @pindex rmt
7748 In order to access the tape drive on a remote machine, @command{tar}
7749 uses the remote tape server written at the University of California at
7750 Berkeley. The remote tape server must be installed as
7751 @file{@var{prefix}/libexec/rmt} on any machine whose tape drive you
7752 want to use. @command{tar} calls @command{rmt} by running an
7753 @command{rsh} or @command{remsh} to the remote machine, optionally
7754 using a different login name if one is supplied.
7755
7756 A copy of the source for the remote tape server is provided. It is
7757 Copyright @copyright{} 1983 by the Regents of the University of
7758 California, but can be freely distributed. It is compiled and
7759 installed by default.
7760
7761 @cindex absolute file names
7762 Unless you use the @value{op-absolute-names} option, @GNUTAR{}
7763 will not allow you to create an archive that contains
7764 absolute file names (a file name beginning with @samp{/}.) If you try,
7765 @command{tar} will automatically remove the leading @samp{/} from the
7766 file names it stores in the archive. It will also type a warning
7767 message telling you what it is doing.
7768
7769 When reading an archive that was created with a different
7770 @command{tar} program, @GNUTAR{} automatically
7771 extracts entries in the archive which have absolute file names as if
7772 the file names were not absolute. This is an important feature. A
7773 visitor here once gave a @command{tar} tape to an operator to restore;
7774 the operator used Sun @command{tar} instead of @GNUTAR{},
7775 and the result was that it replaced large portions of
7776 our @file{/bin} and friends with versions from the tape; needless to
7777 say, we were unhappy about having to recover the file system from
7778 backup tapes.
7779
7780 For example, if the archive contained a file @file{/usr/bin/computoy},
7781 @GNUTAR{} would extract the file to @file{usr/bin/computoy},
7782 relative to the current directory. If you want to extract the files in
7783 an archive to the same absolute names that they had when the archive
7784 was created, you should do a @samp{cd /} before extracting the files
7785 from the archive, or you should either use the @value{op-absolute-names}
7786 option, or use the command @samp{tar -C / @dots{}}.
7787
7788 @cindex Ultrix 3.1 and write failure
7789 Some versions of Unix (Ultrix 3.1 is known to have this problem),
7790 can claim that a short write near the end of a tape succeeded,
7791 when it actually failed. This will result in the -M option not
7792 working correctly. The best workaround at the moment is to use a
7793 significantly larger blocking factor than the default 20.
7794
7795 In order to update an archive, @command{tar} must be able to backspace the
7796 archive in order to reread or rewrite a record that was just read (or
7797 written). This is currently possible only on two kinds of files: normal
7798 disk files (or any other file that can be backspaced with @samp{lseek}),
7799 and industry-standard 9-track magnetic tape (or any other kind of tape
7800 that can be backspaced with the @code{MTIOCTOP} @code{ioctl}.
7801
7802 This means that the @value{op-append}, @value{op-update},
7803 @value{op-concatenate}, and @value{op-delete} commands will not work on any
7804 other kind of file. Some media simply cannot be backspaced, which
7805 means these commands and options will never be able to work on them.
7806 These non-backspacing media include pipes and cartridge tape drives.
7807
7808 Some other media can be backspaced, and @command{tar} will work on them
7809 once @command{tar} is modified to do so.
7810
7811 Archives created with the @value{op-multi-volume}, @value{op-label}, and
7812 @value{op-incremental} options may not be readable by other version
7813 of @command{tar}. In particular, restoring a file that was split over
7814 a volume boundary will require some careful work with @command{dd}, if
7815 it can be done at all. Other versions of @command{tar} may also create
7816 an empty file whose name is that of the volume header. Some versions
7817 of @command{tar} may create normal files instead of directories archived
7818 with the @value{op-incremental} option.
7819
7820 @node Common Problems and Solutions
7821 @section Some Common Problems and their Solutions
7822
7823 @ifclear PUBLISH
7824
7825 @format
7826 errors from system:
7827 permission denied
7828 no such file or directory
7829 not owner
7830
7831 errors from @command{tar}:
7832 directory checksum error
7833 header format error
7834
7835 errors from media/system:
7836 i/o error
7837 device busy
7838 @end format
7839
7840 @end ifclear
7841
7842 @node Blocking
7843 @section Blocking
7844 @UNREVISED
7845
7846 @dfn{Block} and @dfn{record} terminology is rather confused, and it
7847 is also confusing to the expert reader. On the other hand, readers
7848 who are new to the field have a fresh mind, and they may safely skip
7849 the next two paragraphs, as the remainder of this manual uses those
7850 two terms in a quite consistent way.
7851
7852 John Gilmore, the writer of the public domain @command{tar} from which
7853 @GNUTAR{} was originally derived, wrote (June 1995):
7854
7855 @quotation
7856 The nomenclature of tape drives comes from IBM, where I believe
7857 they were invented for the IBM 650 or so. On IBM mainframes, what
7858 is recorded on tape are tape blocks. The logical organization of
7859 data is into records. There are various ways of putting records into
7860 blocks, including @code{F} (fixed sized records), @code{V} (variable
7861 sized records), @code{FB} (fixed blocked: fixed size records, @var{n}
7862 to a block), @code{VB} (variable size records, @var{n} to a block),
7863 @code{VSB} (variable spanned blocked: variable sized records that can
7864 occupy more than one block), etc. The @code{JCL} @samp{DD RECFORM=}
7865 parameter specified this to the operating system.
7866
7867 The Unix man page on @command{tar} was totally confused about this.
7868 When I wrote @code{PD TAR}, I used the historically correct terminology
7869 (@command{tar} writes data records, which are grouped into blocks).
7870 It appears that the bogus terminology made it into @acronym{POSIX} (no surprise
7871 here), and now Fran@,{c}ois has migrated that terminology back
7872 into the source code too.
7873 @end quotation
7874
7875 The term @dfn{physical block} means the basic transfer chunk from or
7876 to a device, after which reading or writing may stop without anything
7877 being lost. In this manual, the term @dfn{block} usually refers to
7878 a disk physical block, @emph{assuming} that each disk block is 512
7879 bytes in length. It is true that some disk devices have different
7880 physical blocks, but @command{tar} ignore these differences in its own
7881 format, which is meant to be portable, so a @command{tar} block is always
7882 512 bytes in length, and @dfn{block} always mean a @command{tar} block.
7883 The term @dfn{logical block} often represents the basic chunk of
7884 allocation of many disk blocks as a single entity, which the operating
7885 system treats somewhat atomically; this concept is only barely used
7886 in @GNUTAR{}.
7887
7888 The term @dfn{physical record} is another way to speak of a physical
7889 block, those two terms are somewhat interchangeable. In this manual,
7890 the term @dfn{record} usually refers to a tape physical block,
7891 @emph{assuming} that the @command{tar} archive is kept on magnetic tape.
7892 It is true that archives may be put on disk or used with pipes,
7893 but nevertheless, @command{tar} tries to read and write the archive one
7894 @dfn{record} at a time, whatever the medium in use. One record is made
7895 up of an integral number of blocks, and this operation of putting many
7896 disk blocks into a single tape block is called @dfn{reblocking}, or
7897 more simply, @dfn{blocking}. The term @dfn{logical record} refers to
7898 the logical organization of many characters into something meaningful
7899 to the application. The term @dfn{unit record} describes a small set
7900 of characters which are transmitted whole to or by the application,
7901 and often refers to a line of text. Those two last terms are unrelated
7902 to what we call a @dfn{record} in @GNUTAR{}.
7903
7904 When writing to tapes, @command{tar} writes the contents of the archive
7905 in chunks known as @dfn{records}. To change the default blocking
7906 factor, use the @value{op-blocking-factor} option. Each record will
7907 then be composed of @var{512-size} blocks. (Each @command{tar} block is
7908 512 bytes. @xref{Standard}.) Each file written to the archive uses
7909 at least one full record. As a result, using a larger record size
7910 can result in more wasted space for small files. On the other hand, a
7911 larger record size can often be read and written much more efficiently.
7912
7913 Further complicating the problem is that some tape drives ignore the
7914 blocking entirely. For these, a larger record size can still improve
7915 performance (because the software layers above the tape drive still
7916 honor the blocking), but not as dramatically as on tape drives that
7917 honor blocking.
7918
7919 When reading an archive, @command{tar} can usually figure out the
7920 record size on itself. When this is the case, and a non-standard
7921 record size was used when the archive was created, @command{tar} will
7922 print a message about a non-standard blocking factor, and then operate
7923 normally. On some tape devices, however, @command{tar} cannot figure
7924 out the record size itself. On most of those, you can specify a
7925 blocking factor (with @value{op-blocking-factor}) larger than the
7926 actual blocking factor, and then use the @value{op-read-full-records}
7927 option. (If you specify a blocking factor with
7928 @value{op-blocking-factor} and don't use the
7929 @value{op-read-full-records} option, then @command{tar} will not
7930 attempt to figure out the recording size itself.) On some devices,
7931 you must always specify the record size exactly with
7932 @value{op-blocking-factor} when reading, because @command{tar} cannot
7933 figure it out. In any case, use @value{op-list} before doing any
7934 extractions to see whether @command{tar} is reading the archive
7935 correctly.
7936
7937 @command{tar} blocks are all fixed size (512 bytes), and its scheme for
7938 putting them into records is to put a whole number of them (one or
7939 more) into each record. @command{tar} records are all the same size;
7940 at the end of the file there's a block containing all zeros, which
7941 is how you tell that the remainder of the last record(s) are garbage.
7942
7943 In a standard @command{tar} file (no options), the block size is 512
7944 and the record size is 10240, for a blocking factor of 20. What the
7945 @value{op-blocking-factor} option does is sets the blocking factor,
7946 changing the record size while leaving the block size at 512 bytes.
7947 20 was fine for ancient 800 or 1600 bpi reel-to-reel tape drives;
7948 most tape drives these days prefer much bigger records in order to
7949 stream and not waste tape. When writing tapes for myself, some tend
7950 to use a factor of the order of 2048, say, giving a record size of
7951 around one megabyte.
7952
7953 If you use a blocking factor larger than 20, older @command{tar}
7954 programs might not be able to read the archive, so we recommend this
7955 as a limit to use in practice. @GNUTAR{}, however,
7956 will support arbitrarily large record sizes, limited only by the
7957 amount of virtual memory or the physical characteristics of the tape
7958 device.
7959
7960 @menu
7961 * Format Variations:: Format Variations
7962 * Blocking Factor:: The Blocking Factor of an Archive
7963 @end menu
7964
7965 @node Format Variations
7966 @subsection Format Variations
7967 @cindex Format Parameters
7968 @cindex Format Options
7969 @cindex Options, archive format specifying
7970 @cindex Options, format specifying
7971 @UNREVISED
7972
7973 Format parameters specify how an archive is written on the archive
7974 media. The best choice of format parameters will vary depending on
7975 the type and number of files being archived, and on the media used to
7976 store the archive.
7977
7978 To specify format parameters when accessing or creating an archive,
7979 you can use the options described in the following sections.
7980 If you do not specify any format parameters, @command{tar} uses
7981 default parameters. You cannot modify a compressed archive.
7982 If you create an archive with the @value{op-blocking-factor} option
7983 specified (@value{pxref-blocking-factor}), you must specify that
7984 blocking-factor when operating on the archive. @xref{Formats}, for other
7985 examples of format parameter considerations.
7986
7987 @node Blocking Factor
7988 @subsection The Blocking Factor of an Archive
7989 @cindex Blocking Factor
7990 @cindex Record Size
7991 @cindex Number of blocks per record
7992 @cindex Number of bytes per record
7993 @cindex Bytes per record
7994 @cindex Blocks per record
7995 @UNREVISED
7996
7997 The data in an archive is grouped into blocks, which are 512 bytes.
7998 Blocks are read and written in whole number multiples called
7999 @dfn{records}. The number of blocks in a record (ie. the size of a
8000 record in units of 512 bytes) is called the @dfn{blocking factor}.
8001 The @value{op-blocking-factor} option specifies the blocking factor of
8002 an archive. The default blocking factor is typically 20 (i.e.,
8003 10240 bytes), but can be specified at installation. To find out
8004 the blocking factor of an existing archive, use @samp{tar --list
8005 --file=@var{archive-name}}. This may not work on some devices.
8006
8007 Records are separated by gaps, which waste space on the archive media.
8008 If you are archiving on magnetic tape, using a larger blocking factor
8009 (and therefore larger records) provides faster throughput and allows you
8010 to fit more data on a tape (because there are fewer gaps). If you are
8011 archiving on cartridge, a very large blocking factor (say 126 or more)
8012 greatly increases performance. A smaller blocking factor, on the other
8013 hand, may be useful when archiving small files, to avoid archiving lots
8014 of nulls as @command{tar} fills out the archive to the end of the record.
8015 In general, the ideal record size depends on the size of the
8016 inter-record gaps on the tape you are using, and the average size of the
8017 files you are archiving. @xref{create}, for information on
8018 writing archives.
8019
8020 @FIXME{Need example of using a cartridge with blocking factor=126 or more.}
8021
8022 Archives with blocking factors larger than 20 cannot be read
8023 by very old versions of @command{tar}, or by some newer versions
8024 of @command{tar} running on old machines with small address spaces.
8025 With @GNUTAR{}, the blocking factor of an archive is limited
8026 only by the maximum record size of the device containing the archive,
8027 or by the amount of available virtual memory.
8028
8029 Also, on some systems, not using adequate blocking factors, as sometimes
8030 imposed by the device drivers, may yield unexpected diagnostics. For
8031 example, this has been reported:
8032
8033 @smallexample
8034 Cannot write to /dev/dlt: Invalid argument
8035 @end smallexample
8036
8037 @noindent
8038 In such cases, it sometimes happen that the @command{tar} bundled by
8039 the system is aware of block size idiosyncrasies, while @GNUTAR{}
8040 requires an explicit specification for the block size,
8041 which it cannot guess. This yields some people to consider
8042 @GNUTAR{} is misbehaving, because by comparison,
8043 @cite{the bundle @command{tar} works OK}. Adding @w{@kbd{-b 256}},
8044 for example, might resolve the problem.
8045
8046 If you use a non-default blocking factor when you create an archive, you
8047 must specify the same blocking factor when you modify that archive. Some
8048 archive devices will also require you to specify the blocking factor when
8049 reading that archive, however this is not typically the case. Usually, you
8050 can use @value{op-list} without specifying a blocking factor---@command{tar}
8051 reports a non-default record size and then lists the archive members as
8052 it would normally. To extract files from an archive with a non-standard
8053 blocking factor (particularly if you're not sure what the blocking factor
8054 is), you can usually use the @value{op-read-full-records} option while
8055 specifying a blocking factor larger then the blocking factor of the archive
8056 (ie. @samp{tar --extract --read-full-records --blocking-factor=300}.
8057 @xref{list}, for more information on the @value{op-list}
8058 operation. @xref{Reading}, for a more detailed explanation of that option.
8059
8060 @table @option
8061 @item --blocking-factor=@var{number}
8062 @itemx -b @var{number}
8063 Specifies the blocking factor of an archive. Can be used with any
8064 operation, but is usually not necessary with @value{op-list}.
8065 @end table
8066
8067 Device blocking
8068
8069 @table @option
8070 @item -b @var{blocks}
8071 @itemx --blocking-factor=@var{blocks}
8072 Set record size to @math{@var{blocks} * 512} bytes.
8073
8074 This option is used to specify a @dfn{blocking factor} for the archive.
8075 When reading or writing the archive, @command{tar}, will do reads and writes
8076 of the archive in records of @math{@var{block}*512} bytes. This is true
8077 even when the archive is compressed. Some devices requires that all
8078 write operations be a multiple of a certain size, and so, @command{tar}
8079 pads the archive out to the next record boundary.
8080
8081 The default blocking factor is set when @command{tar} is compiled, and is
8082 typically 20. Blocking factors larger than 20 cannot be read by very
8083 old versions of @command{tar}, or by some newer versions of @command{tar}
8084 running on old machines with small address spaces.
8085
8086 With a magnetic tape, larger records give faster throughput and fit
8087 more data on a tape (because there are fewer inter-record gaps).
8088 If the archive is in a disk file or a pipe, you may want to specify
8089 a smaller blocking factor, since a large one will result in a large
8090 number of null bytes at the end of the archive.
8091
8092 When writing cartridge or other streaming tapes, a much larger
8093 blocking factor (say 126 or more) will greatly increase performance.
8094 However, you must specify the same blocking factor when reading or
8095 updating the archive.
8096
8097 Apparently, Exabyte drives have a physical block size of 8K bytes.
8098 If we choose our blocksize as a multiple of 8k bytes, then the problem
8099 seems to disappear. Id est, we are using block size of 112 right
8100 now, and we haven't had the problem since we switched@dots{}
8101
8102 With @GNUTAR{} the blocking factor is limited only
8103 by the maximum record size of the device containing the archive, or by
8104 the amount of available virtual memory.
8105
8106 However, deblocking or reblocking is virtually avoided in a special
8107 case which often occurs in practice, but which requires all the
8108 following conditions to be simultaneously true:
8109 @itemize @bullet
8110 @item
8111 the archive is subject to a compression option,
8112 @item
8113 the archive is not handled through standard input or output, nor
8114 redirected nor piped,
8115 @item
8116 the archive is directly handled to a local disk, instead of any special
8117 device,
8118 @item
8119 @value{op-blocking-factor} is not explicitly specified on the @command{tar}
8120 invocation.
8121 @end itemize
8122
8123 If the output goes directly to a local disk, and not through
8124 stdout, then the last write is not extended to a full record size.
8125 Otherwise, reblocking occurs. Here are a few other remarks on this
8126 topic:
8127
8128 @itemize @bullet
8129
8130 @item
8131 @command{gzip} will complain about trailing garbage if asked to
8132 uncompress a compressed archive on tape, there is an option to turn
8133 the message off, but it breaks the regularity of simply having to use
8134 @samp{@var{prog} -d} for decompression. It would be nice if gzip was
8135 silently ignoring any number of trailing zeros. I'll ask Jean-loup
8136 Gailly, by sending a copy of this message to him.
8137
8138 @item
8139 @command{compress} does not show this problem, but as Jean-loup pointed
8140 out to Michael, @samp{compress -d} silently adds garbage after
8141 the result of decompression, which tar ignores because it already
8142 recognized its end-of-file indicator. So this bug may be safely
8143 ignored.
8144
8145 @item
8146 @samp{gzip -d -q} will be silent about the trailing zeros indeed,
8147 but will still return an exit status of 2 which tar reports in turn.
8148 @command{tar} might ignore the exit status returned, but I hate doing
8149 that, as it weakens the protection @command{tar} offers users against
8150 other possible problems at decompression time. If @command{gzip} was
8151 silently skipping trailing zeros @emph{and} also avoiding setting the
8152 exit status in this innocuous case, that would solve this situation.
8153
8154 @item
8155 @command{tar} should become more solid at not stopping to read a pipe at
8156 the first null block encountered. This inelegantly breaks the pipe.
8157 @command{tar} should rather drain the pipe out before exiting itself.
8158 @end itemize
8159
8160 @item -i
8161 @itemx --ignore-zeros
8162 Ignore blocks of zeros in archive (means EOF).
8163
8164 The @value{op-ignore-zeros} option causes @command{tar} to ignore blocks
8165 of zeros in the archive. Normally a block of zeros indicates the
8166 end of the archive, but when reading a damaged archive, or one which
8167 was created by concatenating several archives together, this option
8168 allows @command{tar} to read the entire archive. This option is not on
8169 by default because many versions of @command{tar} write garbage after
8170 the zeroed blocks.
8171
8172 Note that this option causes @command{tar} to read to the end of the
8173 archive file, which may sometimes avoid problems when multiple files
8174 are stored on a single physical tape.
8175
8176 @item -B
8177 @itemx --read-full-records
8178 Reblock as we read (for reading 4.2BSD pipes).
8179
8180 If @value{op-read-full-records} is used, @command{tar} will not panic if an
8181 attempt to read a record from the archive does not return a full record.
8182 Instead, @command{tar} will keep reading until it has obtained a full
8183 record.
8184
8185 This option is turned on by default when @command{tar} is reading
8186 an archive from standard input, or from a remote machine. This is
8187 because on BSD Unix systems, a read of a pipe will return however
8188 much happens to be in the pipe, even if it is less than @command{tar}
8189 requested. If this option was not used, @command{tar} would fail as
8190 soon as it read an incomplete record from the pipe.
8191
8192 This option is also useful with the commands for updating an archive.
8193
8194 @end table
8195
8196 Tape blocking
8197
8198 @FIXME{Appropriate options should be moved here from elsewhere.}
8199
8200 @cindex blocking factor
8201 @cindex tape blocking
8202
8203 When handling various tapes or cartridges, you have to take care of
8204 selecting a proper blocking, that is, the number of disk blocks you
8205 put together as a single tape block on the tape, without intervening
8206 tape gaps. A @dfn{tape gap} is a small landing area on the tape
8207 with no information on it, used for decelerating the tape to a
8208 full stop, and for later regaining the reading or writing speed.
8209 When the tape driver starts reading a record, the record has to
8210 be read whole without stopping, as a tape gap is needed to stop the
8211 tape motion without loosing information.
8212
8213 @cindex Exabyte blocking
8214 @cindex DAT blocking
8215 Using higher blocking (putting more disk blocks per tape block) will use
8216 the tape more efficiently as there will be less tape gaps. But reading
8217 such tapes may be more difficult for the system, as more memory will be
8218 required to receive at once the whole record. Further, if there is a
8219 reading error on a huge record, this is less likely that the system will
8220 succeed in recovering the information. So, blocking should not be too
8221 low, nor it should be too high. @command{tar} uses by default a blocking of
8222 20 for historical reasons, and it does not really matter when reading or
8223 writing to disk. Current tape technology would easily accommodate higher
8224 blockings. Sun recommends a blocking of 126 for Exabytes and 96 for DATs.
8225 We were told that for some DLT drives, the blocking should be a multiple
8226 of 4Kb, preferably 64Kb (@w{@kbd{-b 128}}) or 256 for decent performance.
8227 Other manufacturers may use different recommendations for the same tapes.
8228 This might also depends of the buffering techniques used inside modern
8229 tape controllers. Some imposes a minimum blocking, or a maximum blocking.
8230 Others request blocking to be some exponent of two.
8231
8232 So, there is no fixed rule for blocking. But blocking at read time
8233 should ideally be the same as blocking used at write time. At one place
8234 I know, with a wide variety of equipment, they found it best to use a
8235 blocking of 32 to guarantee that their tapes are fully interchangeable.
8236
8237 I was also told that, for recycled tapes, prior erasure (by the same
8238 drive unit that will be used to create the archives) sometimes lowers
8239 the error rates observed at rewriting time.
8240
8241 I might also use @option{--number-blocks} instead of
8242 @option{--block-number}, so @option{--block} will then expand to
8243 @option{--blocking-factor} unambiguously.
8244
8245 @node Many
8246 @section Many Archives on One Tape
8247
8248 @FIXME{Appropriate options should be moved here from elsewhere.}
8249
8250 @findex ntape @r{device}
8251 Most tape devices have two entries in the @file{/dev} directory, or
8252 entries that come in pairs, which differ only in the minor number for
8253 this device. Let's take for example @file{/dev/tape}, which often
8254 points to the only or usual tape device of a given system. There might
8255 be a corresponding @file{/dev/nrtape} or @file{/dev/ntape}. The simpler
8256 name is the @emph{rewinding} version of the device, while the name
8257 having @samp{nr} in it is the @emph{no rewinding} version of the same
8258 device.
8259
8260 A rewinding tape device will bring back the tape to its beginning point
8261 automatically when this device is opened or closed. Since @command{tar}
8262 opens the archive file before using it and closes it afterwards, this
8263 means that a simple:
8264
8265 @smallexample
8266 $ @kbd{tar cf /dev/tape @var{directory}}
8267 @end smallexample
8268
8269 @noindent
8270 will reposition the tape to its beginning both prior and after saving
8271 @var{directory} contents to it, thus erasing prior tape contents and
8272 making it so that any subsequent write operation will destroy what has
8273 just been saved.
8274
8275 @cindex tape positioning
8276 So, a rewinding device is normally meant to hold one and only one file.
8277 If you want to put more than one @command{tar} archive on a given tape, you
8278 will need to avoid using the rewinding version of the tape device. You
8279 will also have to pay special attention to tape positioning. Errors in
8280 positioning may overwrite the valuable data already on your tape. Many
8281 people, burnt by past experiences, will only use rewinding devices and
8282 limit themselves to one file per tape, precisely to avoid the risk of
8283 such errors. Be fully aware that writing at the wrong position on a
8284 tape loses all information past this point and most probably until the
8285 end of the tape, and this destroyed information @emph{cannot} be
8286 recovered.
8287
8288 To save @var{directory-1} as a first archive at the beginning of a
8289 tape, and leave that tape ready for a second archive, you should use:
8290
8291 @smallexample
8292 $ @kbd{mt -f /dev/nrtape rewind}
8293 $ @kbd{tar cf /dev/nrtape @var{directory-1}}
8294 @end smallexample
8295
8296 @cindex tape marks
8297 @dfn{Tape marks} are special magnetic patterns written on the tape
8298 media, which are later recognizable by the reading hardware. These
8299 marks are used after each file, when there are many on a single tape.
8300 An empty file (that is to say, two tape marks in a row) signal the
8301 logical end of the tape, after which no file exist. Usually,
8302 non-rewinding tape device drivers will react to the close request issued
8303 by @command{tar} by first writing two tape marks after your archive, and by
8304 backspacing over one of these. So, if you remove the tape at that time
8305 from the tape drive, it is properly terminated. But if you write
8306 another file at the current position, the second tape mark will be
8307 erased by the new information, leaving only one tape mark between files.
8308
8309 So, you may now save @var{directory-2} as a second archive after the
8310 first on the same tape by issuing the command:
8311
8312 @smallexample
8313 $ @kbd{tar cf /dev/nrtape @var{directory-2}}
8314 @end smallexample
8315
8316 @noindent
8317 and so on for all the archives you want to put on the same tape.
8318
8319 Another usual case is that you do not write all the archives the same
8320 day, and you need to remove and store the tape between two archive
8321 sessions. In general, you must remember how many files are already
8322 saved on your tape. Suppose your tape already has 16 files on it, and
8323 that you are ready to write the 17th. You have to take care of skipping
8324 the first 16 tape marks before saving @var{directory-17}, say, by using
8325 these commands:
8326
8327 @smallexample
8328 $ @kbd{mt -f /dev/nrtape rewind}
8329 $ @kbd{mt -f /dev/nrtape fsf 16}
8330 $ @kbd{tar cf /dev/nrtape @var{directory-17}}
8331 @end smallexample
8332
8333 In all the previous examples, we put aside blocking considerations, but
8334 you should do the proper things for that as well. @xref{Blocking}.
8335
8336 @menu
8337 * Tape Positioning:: Tape Positions and Tape Marks
8338 * mt:: The @command{mt} Utility
8339 @end menu
8340
8341 @node Tape Positioning
8342 @subsection Tape Positions and Tape Marks
8343 @UNREVISED
8344
8345 Just as archives can store more than one file from the file system,
8346 tapes can store more than one archive file. To keep track of where
8347 archive files (or any other type of file stored on tape) begin and
8348 end, tape archive devices write magnetic @dfn{tape marks} on the
8349 archive media. Tape drives write one tape mark between files,
8350 two at the end of all the file entries.
8351
8352 If you think of data as a series of records "rrrr"'s, and tape marks as
8353 "*"'s, a tape might look like the following:
8354
8355 @smallexample
8356 rrrr*rrrrrr*rrrrr*rr*rrrrr**-------------------------
8357 @end smallexample
8358
8359 Tape devices read and write tapes using a read/write @dfn{tape
8360 head}---a physical part of the device which can only access one
8361 point on the tape at a time. When you use @command{tar} to read or
8362 write archive data from a tape device, the device will begin reading
8363 or writing from wherever on the tape the tape head happens to be,
8364 regardless of which archive or what part of the archive the tape
8365 head is on. Before writing an archive, you should make sure that no
8366 data on the tape will be overwritten (unless it is no longer needed).
8367 Before reading an archive, you should make sure the tape head is at
8368 the beginning of the archive you want to read. (The @code{restore}
8369 script will find the archive automatically. @FIXME-xref{Scripted Restoration}@xref{mt}, for
8370 an explanation of the tape moving utility.
8371
8372 If you want to add new archive file entries to a tape, you should
8373 advance the tape to the end of the existing file entries, backspace
8374 over the last tape mark, and write the new archive file. If you were
8375 to add two archives to the example above, the tape might look like the
8376 following:
8377
8378 @smallexample
8379 rrrr*rrrrrr*rrrrr*rr*rrrrr*rrr*rrrr**----------------
8380 @end smallexample
8381
8382 @node mt
8383 @subsection The @command{mt} Utility
8384 @UNREVISED
8385
8386 @FIXME{Is it true that this only works on non-block devices?
8387 should explain the difference, (fixed or variable).}
8388 @value{xref-blocking-factor}.
8389
8390 You can use the @command{mt} utility to advance or rewind a tape past a
8391 specified number of archive files on the tape. This will allow you
8392 to move to the beginning of an archive before extracting or reading
8393 it, or to the end of all the archives before writing a new one.
8394 @FIXME{Why isn't there an "advance 'til you find two tape marks
8395 together"?}
8396
8397 The syntax of the @command{mt} command is:
8398
8399 @smallexample
8400 @kbd{mt [-f @var{tapename}] @var{operation} [@var{number}]}
8401 @end smallexample
8402
8403 where @var{tapename} is the name of the tape device, @var{number} is
8404 the number of times an operation is performed (with a default of one),
8405 and @var{operation} is one of the following:
8406
8407 @FIXME{is there any use for record operations?}
8408
8409 @table @option
8410 @item eof
8411 @itemx weof
8412 Writes @var{number} tape marks at the current position on the tape.
8413
8414 @item fsf
8415 Moves tape position forward @var{number} files.
8416
8417 @item bsf
8418 Moves tape position back @var{number} files.
8419
8420 @item rewind
8421 Rewinds the tape. (Ignores @var{number}).
8422
8423 @item offline
8424 @itemx rewoff1
8425 Rewinds the tape and takes the tape device off-line. (Ignores @var{number}).
8426
8427 @item status
8428 Prints status information about the tape unit.
8429
8430 @end table
8431
8432 @FIXME{Is there a better way to frob the spacing on the list?}
8433
8434 If you don't specify a @var{tapename}, @command{mt} uses the environment
8435 variable @env{TAPE}; if @env{TAPE} is not set, @command{mt} uses the device
8436 @file{/dev/rmt12}.
8437
8438 @command{mt} returns a 0 exit status when the operation(s) were
8439 successful, 1 if the command was unrecognized, and 2 if an operation
8440 failed.
8441
8442 @node Using Multiple Tapes
8443 @section Using Multiple Tapes
8444 @UNREVISED
8445
8446 Often you might want to write a large archive, one larger than will fit
8447 on the actual tape you are using. In such a case, you can run multiple
8448 @command{tar} commands, but this can be inconvenient, particularly if you
8449 are using options like @value{op-exclude} or dumping entire filesystems.
8450 Therefore, @command{tar} supports multiple tapes automatically.
8451
8452 Use @value{op-multi-volume} on the command line, and then @command{tar} will,
8453 when it reaches the end of the tape, prompt for another tape, and
8454 continue the archive. Each tape will have an independent archive, and
8455 can be read without needing the other. (As an exception to this, the
8456 file that @command{tar} was archiving when it ran out of tape will usually
8457 be split between the two archives; in this case you need to extract from
8458 the first archive, using @value{op-multi-volume}, and then put in the
8459 second tape when prompted, so @command{tar} can restore both halves of the
8460 file.)
8461
8462 @GNUTAR{} multi-volume archives do not use a truly
8463 portable format. You need @GNUTAR{} at both end to
8464 process them properly.
8465
8466 When prompting for a new tape, @command{tar} accepts any of the following
8467 responses:
8468
8469 @table @kbd
8470 @item ?
8471 Request @command{tar} to explain possible responses
8472 @item q
8473 Request @command{tar} to exit immediately.
8474 @item n @var{file name}
8475 Request @command{tar} to write the next volume on the file @var{file name}.
8476 @item !
8477 Request @command{tar} to run a subshell.
8478 @item y
8479 Request @command{tar} to begin writing the next volume.
8480 @end table
8481
8482 (You should only type @samp{y} after you have changed the tape;
8483 otherwise @command{tar} will write over the volume it just finished.)
8484
8485 If you want more elaborate behavior than this, give @command{tar} the
8486 @value{op-info-script} option. The file @var{script-name} is expected
8487 to be a program (or shell script) to be run instead of the normal
8488 prompting procedure. If the program fails, @command{tar} exits;
8489 otherwise, @command{tar} begins writing the next volume. The behavior
8490 of the
8491 @samp{n} response to the normal tape-change prompt is not available
8492 if you use @value{op-info-script}.
8493
8494 The method @command{tar} uses to detect end of tape is not perfect, and
8495 fails on some operating systems or on some devices. You can use the
8496 @value{op-tape-length} option if @command{tar} can't detect the end of the
8497 tape itself. This option selects @value{op-multi-volume} automatically.
8498 The @var{size} argument should then be the usable size of the tape.
8499 But for many devices, and floppy disks in particular, this option is
8500 never required for real, as far as we know.
8501
8502 The volume number used by @command{tar} in its tape-change prompt
8503 can be changed; if you give the @value{op-volno-file} option, then
8504 @var{file-of-number} should be an unexisting file to be created, or else,
8505 a file already containing a decimal number. That number will be used
8506 as the volume number of the first volume written. When @command{tar} is
8507 finished, it will rewrite the file with the now-current volume number.
8508 (This does not change the volume number written on a tape label, as
8509 per @value{ref-label}, it @emph{only} affects the number used in
8510 the prompt.)
8511
8512 If you want @command{tar} to cycle through a series of tape drives, then
8513 you can use the @samp{n} response to the tape-change prompt. This is
8514 error prone, however, and doesn't work at all with @value{op-info-script}.
8515 Therefore, if you give @command{tar} multiple @value{op-file} options, then
8516 the specified files will be used, in sequence, as the successive volumes
8517 of the archive. Only when the first one in the sequence needs to be
8518 used again will @command{tar} prompt for a tape change (or run the info
8519 script).
8520
8521 Multi-volume archives
8522
8523 With @value{op-multi-volume}, @command{tar} will not abort when it cannot
8524 read or write any more data. Instead, it will ask you to prepare a new
8525 volume. If the archive is on a magnetic tape, you should change tapes
8526 now; if the archive is on a floppy disk, you should change disks, etc.
8527
8528 Each volume of a multi-volume archive is an independent @command{tar}
8529 archive, complete in itself. For example, you can list or extract any
8530 volume alone; just don't specify @value{op-multi-volume}. However, if one
8531 file in the archive is split across volumes, the only way to extract
8532 it successfully is with a multi-volume extract command @option{--extract
8533 --multi-volume} (@option{-xM}) starting on or before the volume where
8534 the file begins.
8535
8536 For example, let's presume someone has two tape drives on a system
8537 named @file{/dev/tape0} and @file{/dev/tape1}. For having @GNUTAR{}
8538 to switch to the second drive when it needs to write the
8539 second tape, and then back to the first tape, etc., just do either of:
8540
8541 @smallexample
8542 $ @kbd{tar --create --multi-volume --file=/dev/tape0 --file=/dev/tape1 @var{files}}
8543 $ @kbd{tar cMff /dev/tape0 /dev/tape1 @var{files}}
8544 @end smallexample
8545
8546 @menu
8547 * Multi-Volume Archives:: Archives Longer than One Tape or Disk
8548 * Tape Files:: Tape Files
8549 @end menu
8550
8551 @node Multi-Volume Archives
8552 @subsection Archives Longer than One Tape or Disk
8553 @cindex Multi-volume archives
8554 @UNREVISED
8555
8556 To create an archive that is larger than will fit on a single unit of
8557 the media, use the @value{op-multi-volume} option in conjunction with
8558 the @value{op-create} option (@pxref{create}). A
8559 @dfn{multi-volume} archive can be manipulated like any other archive
8560 (provided the @value{op-multi-volume} option is specified), but is
8561 stored on more than one tape or disk.
8562
8563 When you specify @value{op-multi-volume}, @command{tar} does not report an
8564 error when it comes to the end of an archive volume (when reading), or
8565 the end of the media (when writing). Instead, it prompts you to load
8566 a new storage volume. If the archive is on a magnetic tape, you
8567 should change tapes when you see the prompt; if the archive is on a
8568 floppy disk, you should change disks; etc.
8569
8570 You can read each individual volume of a multi-volume archive as if it
8571 were an archive by itself. For example, to list the contents of one
8572 volume, use @value{op-list}, without @value{op-multi-volume} specified.
8573 To extract an archive member from one volume (assuming it is described
8574 that volume), use @value{op-extract}, again without
8575 @value{op-multi-volume}.
8576
8577 If an archive member is split across volumes (ie. its entry begins on
8578 one volume of the media and ends on another), you need to specify
8579 @value{op-multi-volume} to extract it successfully. In this case, you
8580 should load the volume where the archive member starts, and use
8581 @samp{tar --extract --multi-volume}---@command{tar} will prompt for later
8582 volumes as it needs them. @xref{extracting archives}, for more
8583 information about extracting archives.
8584
8585 @value{op-info-script} is like @value{op-multi-volume}, except that
8586 @command{tar} does not prompt you directly to change media volumes when
8587 a volume is full---instead, @command{tar} runs commands you have stored
8588 in @var{script-name}. For example, this option can be used to eject
8589 cassettes, or to broadcast messages such as @samp{Someone please come
8590 change my tape} when performing unattended backups. When @var{script-name}
8591 is done, @command{tar} will assume that the media has been changed.
8592
8593 Multi-volume archives can be modified like any other archive. To add
8594 files to a multi-volume archive, you need to only mount the last
8595 volume of the archive media (and new volumes, if needed). For all
8596 other operations, you need to use the entire archive.
8597
8598 If a multi-volume archive was labeled using @value{op-label}
8599 (@value{pxref-label}) when it was created, @command{tar} will not
8600 automatically label volumes which are added later. To label subsequent
8601 volumes, specify @value{op-label} again in conjunction with the
8602 @value{op-append}, @value{op-update} or @value{op-concatenate} operation.
8603
8604 @cindex Labeling multi-volume archives
8605 @FIXME{example}
8606
8607 @FIXME{There should be a sample program here, including an exit
8608 before end. Is the exit status even checked in tar? :-(}
8609
8610 @table @option
8611 @item --multi-volume
8612 @itemx -M
8613 Creates a multi-volume archive, when used in conjunction with
8614 @value{op-create}. To perform any other operation on a multi-volume
8615 archive, specify @value{op-multi-volume} in conjunction with that
8616 operation.
8617
8618 @item --info-script=@var{program-file}
8619 @itemx -F @var{program-file}
8620 Creates a multi-volume archive via a script. Used in conjunction with
8621 @value{op-create}.
8622 @end table
8623
8624 Beware that there is @emph{no} real standard about the proper way, for
8625 a @command{tar} archive, to span volume boundaries. If you have a
8626 multi-volume created by some vendor's @command{tar}, there is almost
8627 no chance you could read all the volumes with @GNUTAR{}.
8628 The converse is also true: you may not expect
8629 multi-volume archives created by @GNUTAR{} to be
8630 fully recovered by vendor's @command{tar}. Since there is little
8631 chance that, in mixed system configurations, some vendor's
8632 @command{tar} will work on another vendor's machine, and there is a
8633 great chance that @GNUTAR{} will work on most of
8634 them, your best bet is to install @GNUTAR{} on all
8635 machines between which you know exchange of files is possible.
8636
8637 @node Tape Files
8638 @subsection Tape Files
8639 @UNREVISED
8640
8641 To give the archive a name which will be recorded in it, use the
8642 @value{op-label} option. This will write a special block identifying
8643 @var{volume-label} as the name of the archive to the front of the archive
8644 which will be displayed when the archive is listed with @value{op-list}.
8645 If you are creating a multi-volume archive with
8646 @value{op-multi-volume}@FIXME-pxref{Using Multiple Tapes}, then the
8647 volume label will have
8648 @samp{Volume @var{nnn}} appended to the name you give, where @var{nnn} is
8649 the number of the volume of the archive. (If you use the @value{op-label}
8650 option when reading an archive, it checks to make sure the label on the
8651 tape matches the one you give. @value{xref-label}.
8652
8653 When @command{tar} writes an archive to tape, it creates a single
8654 tape file. If multiple archives are written to the same tape, one
8655 after the other, they each get written as separate tape files. When
8656 extracting, it is necessary to position the tape at the right place
8657 before running @command{tar}. To do this, use the @command{mt} command.
8658 For more information on the @command{mt} command and on the organization
8659 of tapes into a sequence of tape files, see @ref{mt}.
8660
8661 People seem to often do:
8662
8663 @smallexample
8664 @kbd{--label="@var{some-prefix} `date +@var{some-format}`"}
8665 @end smallexample
8666
8667 or such, for pushing a common date in all volumes or an archive set.
8668
8669 @node label
8670 @section Including a Label in the Archive
8671 @cindex Labeling an archive
8672 @cindex Labels on the archive media
8673 @UNREVISED
8674
8675 @cindex @option{--label} option introduced
8676 @cindex @option{-V} option introduced
8677 To avoid problems caused by misplaced paper labels on the archive
8678 media, you can include a @dfn{label} entry---an archive member which
8679 contains the name of the archive---in the archive itself. Use the
8680 @value{op-label} option in conjunction with the @value{op-create} operation
8681 to include a label entry in the archive as it is being created.
8682
8683 @table @option
8684 @item --label=@var{archive-label}
8685 @itemx -V @var{archive-label}
8686 Includes an @dfn{archive-label} at the beginning of the archive when
8687 the archive is being created, when used in conjunction with the
8688 @value{op-create} operation. Checks to make sure the archive label
8689 matches the one specified (when used in conjunction with any other
8690 operation.
8691 @end table
8692
8693 If you create an archive using both @value{op-label} and
8694 @value{op-multi-volume}, each volume of the archive will have an
8695 archive label of the form @samp{@var{archive-label} Volume @var{n}},
8696 where @var{n} is 1 for the first volume, 2 for the next, and so on.
8697 @FIXME-xref{Multi-Volume Archives, for information on creating multiple
8698 volume archives.}
8699
8700 @cindex Volume label, listing
8701 @cindex Listing volume label
8702 The volume label will be displayed by @option{--list} along with
8703 the file contents. If verbose display is requested, it will also be
8704 explicitely marked as in the example below:
8705
8706 @smallexample
8707 @group
8708 $ @kbd{tar --verbose --list --file=iamanarchive}
8709 V--------- 0 0 0 1992-03-07 12:01 iamalabel--Volume Header--
8710 -rw-rw-rw- ringo user 40 1990-05-21 13:30 iamafilename
8711 @end group
8712 @end smallexample
8713
8714 @cindex @option{--test-label} option introduced
8715 @anchor{--test-label option}
8716 However, @option{--list} option will cause listing entire
8717 contents of the archive, which may be undesirable (for example, if the
8718 archive is stored on a tape). You can request checking only the volume
8719 by specifying @option{--test-label} option. This option reads only the
8720 first block of an archive, so it can be used with slow storage
8721 devices. For example:
8722
8723 @smallexample
8724 @group
8725 $ @kbd{tar --test-label --file=iamanarchive}
8726 iamalabel
8727 @end group
8728 @end smallexample
8729
8730 If @option{--test-label} is used with a single command line
8731 argument, @command{tar} compares the volume label with the
8732 argument. It exits with code 0 if the two strings match, and with code
8733 2 otherwise. In this case no output is displayed. For example:
8734
8735 @smallexample
8736 @group
8737 $ @kbd{tar --test-label --file=iamanarchive 'iamalable'}
8738 @result{} 0
8739 $ @kbd{tar --test-label --file=iamanarchive 'iamalable' alabel}
8740 @result{} 1
8741 @end group
8742 @end smallexample
8743
8744 If you request any operation, other than @option{--create}, along
8745 with using @option{--label} option, @command{tar} will first check if
8746 the archive label matches the one specified and will refuse to proceed
8747 if it does not. Use this as a safety precaution to avoid accidentally
8748 overwriting existing archives. For example, if you wish to add files
8749 to @file{archive}, presumably labelled with string @samp{My volume},
8750 you will get:
8751
8752 @smallexample
8753 @group
8754 $ @kbd{tar -rf archive --label 'My volume' .}
8755 tar: Archive not labeled to match `My volume'
8756 @end group
8757 @end smallexample
8758
8759 @noindent
8760 in case its label does not match. This will work even if
8761 @file{archive} is not labelled at all.
8762
8763 Similarly, @command{tar} will refuse to list or extract the
8764 archive if its label doesn't match the @var{archive-label}
8765 specified. In those cases, @var{archive-label} argument is interpreted
8766 as a globbing-style pattern which must match the actual magnetic
8767 volume label. @xref{exclude}, for a precise description of how match
8768 is attempted@footnote{Previous versions of @command{tar} used full
8769 regular expression matching, or before that, only exact string
8770 matching, instead of wildcard matchers. We decided for the sake of
8771 simplicity to use a uniform matching device through
8772 @command{tar}.}. If the switch @value{op-multi-volume} is being used,
8773 the volume label matcher will also suffix @var{archive-label} by
8774 @w{@samp{ Volume [1-9]*}} if the initial match fails, before giving
8775 up. Since the volume numbering is automatically added in labels at
8776 creation time, it sounded logical to equally help the user taking care
8777 of it when the archive is being read.
8778
8779 The @value{op-label} was once called @option{--volume}, but is not available
8780 under that name anymore.
8781
8782 You can also use @option{--label} to get a common information on
8783 all tapes of a series. For having this information different in each
8784 series created through a single script used on a regular basis, just
8785 manage to get some date string as part of the label. For example:
8786
8787 @smallexample
8788 @group
8789 $ @kbd{tar cfMV /dev/tape "Daily backup for `date +%Y-%m-%d`"}
8790 $ @kbd{tar --create --file=/dev/tape --multi-volume \
8791 --volume="Daily backup for `date +%Y-%m-%d`"}
8792 @end group
8793 @end smallexample
8794
8795 Also note that each label has its own date and time, which corresponds
8796 to when @GNUTAR{} initially attempted to write it,
8797 often soon after the operator launches @command{tar} or types the
8798 carriage return telling that the next tape is ready. Comparing date
8799 labels does give an idea of tape throughput only if the delays for
8800 rewinding tapes and the operator switching them were negligible, which
8801 is usually not the case.
8802
8803 @node verify
8804 @section Verifying Data as It is Stored
8805 @cindex Verifying a write operation
8806 @cindex Double-checking a write operation
8807
8808 @table @option
8809 @item -W
8810 @itemx --verify
8811 Attempt to verify the archive after writing.
8812 @end table
8813
8814 This option causes @command{tar} to verify the archive after writing it.
8815 Each volume is checked after it is written, and any discrepancies
8816 are recorded on the standard error output.
8817
8818 Verification requires that the archive be on a back-space-able medium.
8819 This means pipes, some cartridge tape drives, and some other devices
8820 cannot be verified.
8821
8822 You can insure the accuracy of an archive by comparing files in the
8823 system with archive members. @command{tar} can compare an archive to the
8824 file system as the archive is being written, to verify a write
8825 operation, or can compare a previously written archive, to insure that
8826 it is up to date.
8827
8828 To check for discrepancies in an archive immediately after it is
8829 written, use the @value{op-verify} option in conjunction with
8830 the @value{op-create} operation. When this option is
8831 specified, @command{tar} checks archive members against their counterparts
8832 in the file system, and reports discrepancies on the standard error.
8833
8834 To verify an archive, you must be able to read it from before the end
8835 of the last written entry. This option is useful for detecting data
8836 errors on some tapes. Archives written to pipes, some cartridge tape
8837 drives, and some other devices cannot be verified.
8838
8839 One can explicitly compare an already made archive with the file system
8840 by using the @value{op-compare} option, instead of using the more automatic
8841 @value{op-verify} option. @value{xref-compare}.
8842
8843 Note that these two options have a slightly different intent. The
8844 @value{op-compare} option how identical are the logical contents of some
8845 archive with what is on your disks, while the @value{op-verify} option is
8846 really for checking if the physical contents agree and if the recording
8847 media itself is of dependable quality. So, for the @value{op-verify}
8848 operation, @command{tar} tries to defeat all in-memory cache pertaining to
8849 the archive, while it lets the speed optimization undisturbed for the
8850 @value{op-compare} option. If you nevertheless use @value{op-compare} for
8851 media verification, you may have to defeat the in-memory cache yourself,
8852 maybe by opening and reclosing the door latch of your recording unit,
8853 forcing some doubt in your operating system about the fact this is really
8854 the same volume as the one just written or read.
8855
8856 The @value{op-verify} option would not be necessary if drivers were indeed
8857 able to detect dependably all write failures. This sometimes require many
8858 magnetic heads, some able to read after the writes occurred. One would
8859 not say that drivers unable to detect all cases are necessarily flawed,
8860 as long as programming is concerned.
8861
8862 The @value{op-verify} option will not work in conjunction with the
8863 @value{op-multi-volume} option or the @value{op-append},
8864 @value{op-update} and @value{op-delete} operations. @xref{Operations},
8865 for more information on these operations.
8866
8867 Also, since @command{tar} normally strips leading @samp{/} from file
8868 names (@pxref{absolute}), a command like @samp{tar --verify -cf
8869 /tmp/foo.tar /etc} will work as desired only if the working directory is
8870 @file{/}, as @command{tar} uses the archive's relative member names
8871 (e.g., @file{etc/motd}) when verifying the archive.
8872
8873 @node Write Protection
8874 @section Write Protection
8875
8876 Almost all tapes and diskettes, and in a few rare cases, even disks can
8877 be @dfn{write protected}, to protect data on them from being changed.
8878 Once an archive is written, you should write protect the media to prevent
8879 the archive from being accidentally overwritten or deleted. (This will
8880 protect the archive from being changed with a tape or floppy drive---it
8881 will not protect it from magnet fields or other physical hazards).
8882
8883 The write protection device itself is usually an integral part of the
8884 physical media, and can be a two position (write enabled/write
8885 disabled) switch, a notch which can be popped out or covered, a ring
8886 which can be removed from the center of a tape reel, or some other
8887 changeable feature.
8888
8889 @node Free Software Needs Free Documentation
8890 @appendix Free Software Needs Free Documentation
8891 @include freemanuals.texi
8892
8893 @node Genfile
8894 @appendix Genfile
8895 @include genfile.texi
8896
8897 @node Snapshot Files
8898 @appendix Format of the Incremental Snapshot Files
8899 @include snapshot.texi
8900
8901 @node Copying This Manual
8902 @appendix Copying This Manual
8903
8904 @menu
8905 * GNU Free Documentation License:: License for copying this manual
8906 @end menu
8907
8908 @include fdl.texi
8909
8910 @node Index
8911 @appendix Index
8912
8913 @printindex cp
8914
8915 @summarycontents
8916 @contents
8917 @bye
8918
8919 @c Local variables:
8920 @c texinfo-column-for-description: 32
8921 @c End:
This page took 0.446362 seconds and 4 git commands to generate.